clear junk android vpx, fix dev env instruction

This commit is contained in:
hasagi 2019-04-12 02:30:07 +07:00
parent 44e8ae2709
commit ac464bebc4
94 changed files with 59 additions and 32042 deletions

47
.gitignore vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
### VSCODE
.vscode/*
!.vscode/settings.json
!.vscode/tasks.json
!.vscode/launch.json
!.vscode/extensions.json
### SUBLIME
# Cache files for Sublime Text
*.tmlanguage.cache
*.tmPreferences.cache
*.stTheme.cache
# Workspace files are user-specific
*.sublime-workspace
### MACOS
# General
.DS_Store
.AppleDouble
.LSOverride
# Icon must end with two \r
Icon
# Thumbnails
._*
# Files that might appear in the root of a volume
.DocumentRevisions-V100
.fseventsd
.Spotlight-V100
.TemporaryItems
.Trashes
.VolumeIcon.icns
.com.apple.timemachine.donotpresent
# Directories potentially created on remote AFP share
.AppleDB
.AppleDesktop
Network Trash Folder
Temporary Items
.apdisk

View file

@ -48,9 +48,18 @@ Install Golang https://golang.org/doc/install
Install dependencies
* `apt-get install libvpx-dev -y` (or alternatives of libvpx on other OS)
* Install [libvpx](https://www.webmproject.org/code/) and [pkg-config](https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/pkg-config/)
```
# Ubuntu
apt-get install -y pkg-config libvpx-dev
# MacOS
brew install libvpx pkg-config
# Windows
...
```
* `go get github.com/pion/webrtc/`
* `go get github.com/gorilla/mux`
* `go get github.com/gorilla/websocket`
Then we can run the main directly

Binary file not shown.

View file

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8 VP8
* \ingroup codecs
* VP8 is a video compression algorithm that uses motion
* compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the
* prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques
* based on arithmetic principles. It features:
* - YUV 4:2:0 image format
* - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma)
* - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction
* - 4x4 DCT transform
* - 128 level linear quantizer
* - In loop deblocking filter
* - Context-based entropy coding
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides controls common to both the VP8 encoder and decoder.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Control functions
*
* The set of macros define the control functions of VP8 interface
*/
enum vp8_com_control_id {
/*!\brief pass in an external frame into decoder to be used as reference frame
*/
VP8_SET_REFERENCE = 1,
VP8_COPY_REFERENCE = 2, /**< get a copy of reference frame from the decoder */
VP8_SET_POSTPROC = 3, /**< set the decoder's post processing settings */
/* TODO(jkoleszar): The encoder incorrectly reuses some of these values (5+)
* for its control ids. These should be migrated to something like the
* VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START range next time we're ready to break the ABI.
*/
VP9_GET_REFERENCE = 128, /**< get a pointer to a reference frame */
VP8_COMMON_CTRL_ID_MAX,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* The set of macros define VP8 decoder post processing flags
*/
enum vp8_postproc_level {
VP8_NOFILTERING = 0,
VP8_DEBLOCK = 1 << 0,
VP8_DEMACROBLOCK = 1 << 1,
VP8_ADDNOISE = 1 << 2,
VP8_MFQE = 1 << 3
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* This define a structure that describe the post processing settings. For
* the best objective measure (using the PSNR metric) set post_proc_flag
* to VP8_DEBLOCK and deblocking_level to 1.
*/
typedef struct vp8_postproc_cfg {
/*!\brief the types of post processing to be done, should be combination of
* "vp8_postproc_level" */
int post_proc_flag;
int deblocking_level; /**< the strength of deblocking, valid range [0, 16] */
int noise_level; /**< the strength of additive noise, valid range [0, 16] */
} vp8_postproc_cfg_t;
/*!\brief reference frame type
*
* The set of macros define the type of VP8 reference frames
*/
typedef enum vpx_ref_frame_type {
VP8_LAST_FRAME = 1,
VP8_GOLD_FRAME = 2,
VP8_ALTR_FRAME = 4
} vpx_ref_frame_type_t;
/*!\brief reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp8 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vpx_ref_frame {
vpx_ref_frame_type_t frame_type; /**< which reference frame */
vpx_image_t img; /**< reference frame data in image format */
} vpx_ref_frame_t;
/*!\brief VP9 specific reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp9 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vp9_ref_frame {
int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */
vpx_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */
} vp9_ref_frame_t;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief vp8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* defines the data type for each of VP8 decoder control function requires
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_COPY_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_COPY_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_POSTPROC, vp8_postproc_cfg_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_POSTPROC
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_GET_REFERENCE, vp9_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_GET_REFERENCE
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8_decoder WebM VP8/VP9 Decoder
* \ingroup vp8
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides definitions for using VP8 or VP9 within the vpx Decoder
* interface.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */
#include "./vp8.h"
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP8 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP9
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP9 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\enum vp8_dec_control_id
* \brief VP8 decoder control functions
*
* This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8
* decoder interface.
*
* \sa #vpx_codec_control
*/
enum vp8_dec_control_id {
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were updated
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START,
/** check if the indicated frame is corrupted */
VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED,
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were used
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED,
/** decryption function to decrypt encoded buffer data immediately
* before decoding. Takes a vpx_decrypt_init, which contains
* a callback function and opaque context pointer.
*/
VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR = VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
/** control function to get the dimensions that the current frame is decoded
* at. This may be different to the intended display size for the frame as
* specified in the wrapper or frame header (see VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE,
/** control function to get the current frame's intended display dimensions
* (as specified in the wrapper or frame header). This may be different to
* the decoded dimensions of this frame (see VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE,
/** control function to get the bit depth of the stream. */
VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH,
/** control function to set the byte alignment of the planes in the reference
* buffers. Valid values are power of 2, from 32 to 1024. A value of 0 sets
* legacy alignment. I.e. Y plane is aligned to 32 bytes, U plane directly
* follows Y plane, and V plane directly follows U plane. Default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_BYTE_ALIGNMENT,
/** control function to invert the decoding order to from right to left. The
* function is used in a test to confirm the decoding independence of tile
* columns. The function may be used in application where this order
* of decoding is desired.
*
* TODO(yaowu): Rework the unit test that uses this control, and in a future
* release, this test-only control shall be removed.
*/
VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER,
/** control function to set the skip loop filter flag. Valid values are
* integers. The decoder will skip the loop filter when its value is set to
* nonzero. If the loop filter is skipped the decoder may accumulate decode
* artifacts. The default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER,
/** control function to decode SVC stream up to the x spatial layers,
* where x is passed in through the control, and is 0 for base layer.
*/
VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get last decoded frame quantizer.
*
* Return value uses internal quantizer scale defined by the codec.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP8, VP9
*/
VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set row level multi-threading.
*
* 0 : off, 1 : on
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_ROW_MT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set loopfilter optimization.
*
* 0 : off, Loop filter is done after all tiles have been decoded
* 1 : on, Loop filter is done immediately after decode without
* waiting for all threads to sync.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_MAX
};
/** Decrypt n bytes of data from input -> output, using the decrypt_state
* passed in VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_decrypt_cb)(void *decrypt_state, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output, int count);
/*!\brief Structure to hold decryption state
*
* Defines a structure to hold the decryption state and access function.
*/
typedef struct vpx_decrypt_init {
/*! Decrypt callback. */
vpx_decrypt_cb decrypt_cb;
/*! Decryption state. */
void *decrypt_state;
} vpx_decrypt_init;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief VP8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* Defines the data types that VP8D control functions take. Note that
* additional common controls are defined in vp8.h
*
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, unsigned int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SET_ROW_MT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_ROW_MT, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT, int)
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_decoder */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_

View file

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface
* This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video
* formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface
* common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders).
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video codec algorithm.
*
* An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using
* vpx_codec_init() and a pointer to the algorithm's interface structure:
* <pre>
* my_app.c:
* extern vpx_codec_iface_t my_codec;
* {
* vpx_codec_ctx_t algo;
* res = vpx_codec_init(&algo, &my_codec);
* }
* </pre>
*
* Once initialized, the instance is manged using other functions from
* the vpx_codec_* family.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */
#ifndef VPX_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#else
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DEPRECATED */
#ifndef VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
/*!\brief \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
#else
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */
#ifndef VPX_UNUSED
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define VPX_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
#define VPX_UNUSED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_UNUSED */
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (4 + VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief Algorithm return codes */
typedef enum {
/*!\brief Operation completed without error */
VPX_CODEC_OK,
/*!\brief Unspecified error */
VPX_CODEC_ERROR,
/*!\brief Memory operation failed */
VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR,
/*!\brief ABI version mismatch */
VPX_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH,
/*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */
VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE,
/*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported.
*
* The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder
* is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the
* stream. */
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM,
/*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature
*
* The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This
* return code should only be used for features that prevent future
* pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as
* fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP.
*/
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE,
/*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete
*
* There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code
* should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from
* being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the
* stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding
* is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present.
*/
VPX_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME,
/*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM,
/*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_LIST_END
} vpx_codec_err_t;
/*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield
*
* Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_caps_t;
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */
/*! Can support images at greater than 8 bitdepth.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x4
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_flags_t;
/*!\brief Codec interface structure.
*
* Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec
* implementation. This structure is opaque to the application.
*/
typedef const struct vpx_codec_iface vpx_codec_iface_t;
/*!\brief Codec private data structure.
*
* Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque
* to the application.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_priv vpx_codec_priv_t;
/*!\brief Iterator
*
* Opaque storage used for iterating over lists.
*/
typedef const void *vpx_codec_iter_t;
/*!\brief Codec context structure
*
* All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general,
* this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and
* not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications
* may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the
* algorithm.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_ctx {
const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */
vpx_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */
const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */
vpx_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */
union {
/**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg *dec;
/**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg *enc;
const void *raw;
} config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */
vpx_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */
} vpx_codec_ctx_t;
/*!\brief Bit depth for codec
* *
* This enumeration determines the bit depth of the codec.
*/
typedef enum vpx_bit_depth {
VPX_BITS_8 = 8, /**< 8 bits */
VPX_BITS_10 = 10, /**< 10 bits */
VPX_BITS_12 = 12, /**< 12 bits */
} vpx_bit_depth_t;
/*
* Library Version Number Interface
*
* For example, see the following sample return values:
* vpx_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3)
* vpx_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
* vpx_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
*/
/*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer)
*
* Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only
* include
* the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this encoded
* value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding may
* change
* in the future.
*
*/
int vpx_codec_version(void);
#define VPX_VERSION_MAJOR(v) \
((v >> 16) & 0xff) /**< extract major from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_MINOR(v) \
((v >> 8) & 0xff) /**< extract minor from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_PATCH(v) \
((v >> 0) & 0xff) /**< extract patch from packed version */
/*!\brief Return the version major number */
#define vpx_codec_version_major() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 16) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version minor number */
#define vpx_codec_version_minor() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 8) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version patch number */
#define vpx_codec_version_patch() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 0) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This
* may
* contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to
* indicate
* release candidates, prerelease versions, etc.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string
* returned
* by vpx_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_extra_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the build configuration
*
* Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build
* configuration. This may be useful to vpx support.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_build_config(void);
/*!\brief Return the name for a given interface
*
* Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Interface pointer
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_iface_name(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Convert error number to printable string
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] err Error number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_err_to_string(vpx_codec_err_t err);
/*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about
* the last error.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
* \retval NULL
* No detailed information is available.
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error_detail(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs.
*/
/*!\brief Destroy a codec instance
*
* Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The codec algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_destroy(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm.
*
* Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
*
*/
vpx_codec_caps_t vpx_codec_get_caps(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Control algorithm
*
* This function is used to exchange algorithm specific data with the codec
* instance. This can be used to implement features specific to a particular
* algorithm.
*
* This wrapper function dispatches the request to the helper function
* associated with the given ctrl_id. It tries to call this function
* transparently, but will return #VPX_CODEC_ERROR if the request could not
* be dispatched.
*
* Note that this function should not be used directly. Call the
* #vpx_codec_control wrapper macro instead.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The control request was processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* The control request was not processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* The data was not valid.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, ...);
#if defined(VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS) && VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) vpx_codec_control_(ctx, id, data)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id, typ)
#else
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control wrapper macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_().
*
* \internal
* It works by dispatching the call to the control function through a wrapper
* function named with the id parameter.
*/
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) \
vpx_codec_control_##id(ctx, id, data) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It defines the type of the argument for a given
* control identifier.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with
* the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper to the type-unsafe internal
* function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control deprecated type definition macro
*
* Like #VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE, but indicates that the specified control is
* deprecated and should not be used. Consult the documentation for your
* codec for more information.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a
* wrapper to the type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) \
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) VPX_DEPRECATED VPX_UNUSED; \
\
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control void type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It indicates that a given control identifier takes
* no argument.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function without a data argument as a wrapper to the
* type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
#endif
/*!@} - end defgroup codec*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_

View file

@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all decoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video decoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_frame_buffer.h"
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION \
(3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE 0x10000 /**< Will issue put_slice callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME 0x20000 /**< Will issue put_frame callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_POSTPROC 0x40000 /**< Can postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Can conceal errors due to packet loss */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x80000
/*!\brief Can receive encoded frames one fragment at a time */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x100000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
/*!\brief Can support frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADING 0x200000
/*!brief Can support external frame buffers */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER 0x400000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_POSTPROC 0x10000 /**< Postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Conceal errors in decoded frames */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x20000
/*!\brief The input frame should be passed to the decoder one fragment at a
* time */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x40000
/*!\brief Enable frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_FRAME_THREADING 0x80000
/*!\brief Stream properties
*
* This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded
* stream. Algorithms may extend this structure with data specific
* to their bitstream by setting the sz member appropriately.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_stream_info {
unsigned int sz; /**< Size of this structure */
unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */
} vpx_codec_stream_info_t;
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders.
*/
/*!\brief Initialization Configurations
*
* This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the
* decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg {
unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */
unsigned int w; /**< Width */
unsigned int h; /**< Height */
} vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg */
/*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance
*
* Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_dec_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer
*
* Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder
* context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is
* of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
* \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_peek_stream_info(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Return information about the current stream.
*
* Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_stream_info(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Decode data
*
* Processes a buffer of coded data. If the processing results in a new
* decoded frame becoming available, PUT_SLICE and PUT_FRAME events may be
* generated, as appropriate. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS (decode
* time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS (presentation
* time stamp) order.
* If the decoder is configured with VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS enabled,
* data and data_sz can contain a fragment of the encoded frame. Fragment
* \#n must contain at least partition \#n, but can also contain subsequent
* partitions (\#n+1 - \#n+i), and if so, fragments \#n+1, .., \#n+i must
* be empty. When no more data is available, this function should be called
* with NULL as data and 0 as data_sz. The memory passed to this function
* must be available until the frame has been decoded.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data. If
* NULL, a VPX_CODEC_CB_PUT_FRAME event is posted
* for the previously decoded frame.
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes.
* \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with
* this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Soft deadline the decoder should attempt to meet,
* in us. Set to zero for unlimited.
*
* \return Returns #VPX_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely
* and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise,
* see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::vpx_codec_err_t
* for recoverability capabilities.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_decode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz, void *user_priv,
long deadline);
/*!\brief Decoded frames iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator
* storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is
* complete when this function returns NULL.
*
* The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the
* vpx_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to
* vpx_codec_decode.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames
* produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\defgroup cap_put_frame Frame-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put frame callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of decoded image data.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Register for notification of frame completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded frame is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_frame_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_frame */
/*!\defgroup cap_put_slice Slice-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put slice callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of partially decoded image data. The
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img,
const vpx_image_rect_t *valid,
const vpx_image_rect_t *update);
/*!\brief Register for notification of slice completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded slice is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_slice_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_slice*/
/*!\defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer External Frame Buffer Functions
*
* The following section is required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER capability.
* Calling this function for codecs that don't advertise this capability
* will result in an error code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR.
*
* \note
* Currently this only works with VP9.
* @{
*/
/*!\brief Pass in external frame buffers for the decoder to use.
*
* Registers functions to be called when libvpx needs a frame buffer
* to decode the current frame and a function to be called when libvpx does
* not internally reference the frame buffer. This set function must
* be called before the first call to decode or libvpx will assume the
* default behavior of allocating frame buffers internally.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb_get Pointer to the get callback function
* \param[in] cb_release Pointer to the release callback function
* \param[in] cb_priv Callback's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* External frame buffers will be used by libvpx.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One or more of the callbacks were NULL.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* using external frame buffers.
*
* \note
* When decoding VP9, the application may be required to pass in at least
* #VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS + #VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS external frame
* buffers.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_frame_buffer_functions(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_get,
vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_release, void *cb_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer */
/*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_

View file

@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
/*!\defgroup encoder Encoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this encoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all encoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the encoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video encoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum length of the sequence defining frame
* layer membership
*/
#define VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY 16
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Temporal+Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_MAX_LAYERS 12 // 3 temporal + 4 spatial layers are allowed.
/*! Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Spatial Scalability: Default number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_DEFAULT_LAYERS 1
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION \
(14 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Encoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each encoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra
* interfaces or functionality, and are not required to be supported
* by an encoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Can issue PSNR packets */
/*! Can output one partition at a time. Each partition is returned in its
* own VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, with the FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT flag set for
* every partition but the last. In this mode all frames are always
* returned partition by partition.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow
* for proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Calculate PSNR on each frame */
/*!\brief Make the encoder output one partition at a time. */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x40000 /**< Use high bitdepth */
/*!\brief Generic fixed size buffer structure
*
* This structure is able to hold a reference to any fixed size buffer.
*/
typedef struct vpx_fixed_buf {
void *buf; /**< Pointer to the data */
size_t sz; /**< Length of the buffer, in chars */
} vpx_fixed_buf_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_fixed_buf */
/*!\brief Time Stamp Type
*
* An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides
* the absolute time of a sample.
*/
typedef int64_t vpx_codec_pts_t;
/*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags
*
* This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed
* frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits
* can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to
* support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example)
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1 /**< frame is the start of a GOP */
/*!\brief frame can be dropped without affecting the stream (no future frame
* depends on this one) */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2
/*!\brief frame should be decoded but will not be shown */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_INVISIBLE 0x4
/*!\brief this is a fragment of the encoded frame */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT 0x8
/*!\brief Error Resilient flags
*
* These flags define which error resilient features to enable in the
* encoder. The flags are specified through the
* vpx_codec_enc_cfg::g_error_resilient variable.
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_er_flags_t;
/*!\brief Improve resiliency against losses of whole frames */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_DEFAULT 0x1
/*!\brief The frame partitions are independently decodable by the bool decoder,
* meaning that partitions can be decoded even though earlier partitions have
* been lost. Note that intra prediction is still done over the partition
* boundary. */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_PARTITIONS 0x2
/*!\brief Encoder output packet variants
*
* This enumeration lists the different kinds of data packets that can be
* returned by calls to vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). Algorithms \ref MAY
* extend this list to provide additional functionality.
*/
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind {
VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, /**< Compressed video frame */
VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT, /**< Two-pass statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_FPMB_STATS_PKT, /**< first pass mb statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_PSNR_PKT, /**< PSNR statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_CUSTOM_PKT = 256 /**< Algorithm extensions */
};
/*!\brief Encoder output packet
*
* This structure contains the different kinds of output data the encoder
* may produce while compressing a frame.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt {
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind kind; /**< packet variant */
union {
struct {
void *buf; /**< compressed data buffer */
size_t sz; /**< length of compressed data */
/*!\brief time stamp to show frame (in timebase units) */
vpx_codec_pts_t pts;
/*!\brief duration to show frame (in timebase units) */
unsigned long duration;
vpx_codec_frame_flags_t flags; /**< flags for this frame */
/*!\brief the partition id defines the decoding order of the partitions.
* Only applicable when "output partition" mode is enabled. First
* partition has id 0.*/
int partition_id;
/*!\brief Width and height of frames in this packet. VP8 will only use the
* first one.*/
unsigned int width[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame width */
unsigned int height[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame height */
/*!\brief Flag to indicate if spatial layer frame in this packet is
* encoded or dropped. VP8 will always be set to 1.*/
uint8_t spatial_layer_encoded[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
} frame; /**< data for compressed frame packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t twopass_stats; /**< data for two-pass packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t firstpass_mb_stats; /**< first pass mb packet */
struct vpx_psnr_pkt {
unsigned int samples[4]; /**< Number of samples, total/y/u/v */
uint64_t sse[4]; /**< sum squared error, total/y/u/v */
double psnr[4]; /**< PSNR, total/y/u/v */
} psnr; /**< data for PSNR packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t raw; /**< data for arbitrary packets */
/* This packet size is fixed to allow codecs to extend this
* interface without having to manage storage for raw packets,
* i.e., if it's smaller than 128 bytes, you can store in the
* packet list directly.
*/
char pad[128 - sizeof(enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind)]; /**< fixed sz */
} data; /**< packet data */
} vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt */
/*!\brief Encoder return output buffer callback
*
* This callback function, when registered, returns with packets when each
* spatial layer is encoded.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t)(vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *pkt,
void *user_data);
/*!\brief Callback function pointer / user data pair storage */
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_cb_pair {
vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t output_cx_pkt; /**< Callback function */
void *user_priv; /**< Pointer to private data */
} vpx_codec_priv_output_cx_pkt_cb_pair_t;
/*!\brief Rational Number
*
* This structure holds a fractional value.
*/
typedef struct vpx_rational {
int num; /**< fraction numerator */
int den; /**< fraction denominator */
} vpx_rational_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_rational */
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Pass */
enum vpx_enc_pass {
VPX_RC_ONE_PASS, /**< Single pass mode */
VPX_RC_FIRST_PASS, /**< First pass of multi-pass mode */
VPX_RC_LAST_PASS /**< Final pass of multi-pass mode */
};
/*!\brief Rate control mode */
enum vpx_rc_mode {
VPX_VBR, /**< Variable Bit Rate (VBR) mode */
VPX_CBR, /**< Constant Bit Rate (CBR) mode */
VPX_CQ, /**< Constrained Quality (CQ) mode */
VPX_Q, /**< Constant Quality (Q) mode */
};
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode.
*
* This enumeration determines whether keyframes are placed automatically by
* the encoder or whether this behavior is disabled. Older releases of this
* SDK were implemented such that VPX_KF_FIXED meant keyframes were disabled.
* This name is confusing for this behavior, so the new symbols to be used
* are VPX_KF_AUTO and VPX_KF_DISABLED.
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode {
VPX_KF_FIXED, /**< deprecated, implies VPX_KF_DISABLED */
VPX_KF_AUTO, /**< Encoder determines optimal placement automatically */
VPX_KF_DISABLED = 0 /**< Encoder does not place keyframes. */
};
/*!\brief Encoded Frame Flags
*
* This type indicates a bitfield to be passed to vpx_codec_encode(), defining
* per-frame boolean values. By convention, bits common to all codecs will be
* named VPX_EFLAG_*, and bits specific to an algorithm will be named
* /algo/_eflag_*. The lower order 16 bits are reserved for common use.
*/
typedef long vpx_enc_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_EFLAG_FORCE_KF (1 << 0) /**< Force this frame to be a keyframe */
/*!\brief Encoder configuration structure
*
* This structure contains the encoder settings that have common representations
* across all codecs. This doesn't imply that all codecs support all features,
* however.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg {
/*
* generic settings (g)
*/
/*!\brief Deprecated: Algorithm specific "usage" value
*
* This value must be zero.
*/
unsigned int g_usage;
/*!\brief Maximum number of threads to use
*
* For multi-threaded implementations, use no more than this number of
* threads. The codec may use fewer threads than allowed. The value
* 0 is equivalent to the value 1.
*/
unsigned int g_threads;
/*!\brief Bitstream profile to use
*
* Some codecs support a notion of multiple bitstream profiles. Typically
* this maps to a set of features that are turned on or off. Often the
* profile to use is determined by the features of the intended decoder.
* Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the valid values
* for this parameter, or set to zero for a sane default.
*/
unsigned int g_profile; /**< profile of bitstream to use */
/*!\brief Width of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_w;
/*!\brief Height of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_h;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the codec
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the codec,
* Only certain bit-depths are supported as identified in the
* vpx_bit_depth_t enum.
*/
vpx_bit_depth_t g_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the input frames
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the input frames in bits.
* Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must have
* this bit-depth.
*/
unsigned int g_input_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Stream timebase units
*
* Indicates the smallest interval of time, in seconds, used by the stream.
* For fixed frame rate material, or variable frame rate material where
* frames are timed at a multiple of a given clock (ex: video capture),
* the \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to the reciprocal
* of the frame rate (ex: 1001/30000 for 29.970 Hz NTSC). This allows the
* pts to correspond to the frame number, which can be handy. For
* re-encoding video from containers with absolute time timestamps, the
* \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to that of the parent
* container or multimedia framework (ex: 1/1000 for ms, as in FLV).
*/
struct vpx_rational g_timebase;
/*!\brief Enable error resilient modes.
*
* The error resilient bitfield indicates to the encoder which features
* it should enable to take measures for streaming over lossy or noisy
* links.
*/
vpx_codec_er_flags_t g_error_resilient;
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Mode
*
* This value should be set to the current phase for multi-pass encoding.
* For single pass, set to #VPX_RC_ONE_PASS.
*/
enum vpx_enc_pass g_pass;
/*!\brief Allow lagged encoding
*
* If set, this value allows the encoder to consume a number of input
* frames before producing output frames. This allows the encoder to
* base decisions for the current frame on future frames. This does
* increase the latency of the encoding pipeline, so it is not appropriate
* in all situations (ex: realtime encoding).
*
* Note that this is a maximum value -- the encoder may produce frames
* sooner than the given limit. Set this value to 0 to disable this
* feature.
*/
unsigned int g_lag_in_frames;
/*
* rate control settings (rc)
*/
/*!\brief Temporal resampling configuration, if supported by the codec.
*
* Temporal resampling allows the codec to "drop" frames as a strategy to
* meet its target data rate. This can cause temporal discontinuities in
* the encoded video, which may appear as stuttering during playback. This
* trade-off is often acceptable, but for many applications is not. It can
* be disabled in these cases.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, a
* dropped frame is indicated. Set the threshold to zero (0) to disable
* this feature.
*/
unsigned int rc_dropframe_thresh;
/*!\brief Enable/disable spatial resampling, if supported by the codec.
*
* Spatial resampling allows the codec to compress a lower resolution
* version of the frame, which is then upscaled by the encoder to the
* correct presentation resolution. This increases visual quality at
* low data rates, at the expense of CPU time on the encoder/decoder.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_allowed;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame width.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the width of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_width;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame height.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the height of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_height;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling up watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer rises above this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step up to a higher resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_up_thresh;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling down watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step down to a lower resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_down_thresh;
/*!\brief Rate control algorithm to use.
*
* Indicates whether the end usage of this stream is to be streamed over
* a bandwidth constrained link, indicating that Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
* mode should be used, or whether it will be played back on a high
* bandwidth link, as from a local disk, where higher variations in
* bitrate are acceptable.
*/
enum vpx_rc_mode rc_end_usage;
/*!\brief Two-pass stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the stats packets produced in the first
* pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_twopass_stats_in;
/*!\brief first pass mb stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the first pass mb stats packets produced
* in the first pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_firstpass_mb_stats_in;
/*!\brief Target data rate
*
* Target bandwidth to use for this stream, in kilobits per second.
*/
unsigned int rc_target_bitrate;
/*
* quantizer settings
*/
/*!\brief Minimum (Best Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_min_quantizer;
/*!\brief Maximum (Worst Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_max_quantizer;
/*
* bitrate tolerance
*/
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation undershoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be subtracted from the target bitrate in order to compensate
* for prior overshoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* undershoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
* *
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_undershoot_pct;
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation overshoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be added to the target bitrate in order to compensate for
* prior undershoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* overshoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
*
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_overshoot_pct;
/*
* decoder buffer model parameters
*/
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that may be buffered by the
* decoding application. Note that this value is expressed in units of
* time (milliseconds). For example, a value of 5000 indicates that the
* client will buffer (at least) 5000ms worth of encoded data. Use the
* target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if
* necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Initial Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that will be buffered by the
* decoding application prior to beginning playback. This value is
* expressed in units of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate
* (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_initial_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Optimal Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that the encoder should try
* to maintain in the decoder's buffer. This value is expressed in units
* of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate)
* to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_optimal_sz;
/*
* 2 pass rate control parameters
*/
/*!\brief Two-pass mode CBR/VBR bias
*
* Bias, expressed on a scale of 0 to 100, for determining target size
* for the current frame. The value 0 indicates the optimal CBR mode
* value should be used. The value 100 indicates the optimal VBR mode
* value should be used. Values in between indicate which way the
* encoder should "lean."
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_bias_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP minimum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the minimum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_minsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP maximum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the maximum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_maxsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass corpus vbr mode complexity control
* Used only in VP9: A value representing the corpus midpoint complexity
* for corpus vbr mode. This value defaults to 0 which disables corpus vbr
* mode in favour of normal vbr mode.
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_corpus_complexity;
/*
* keyframing settings (kf)
*/
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode
*
* This value indicates whether the encoder should place keyframes at a
* fixed interval, or determine the optimal placement automatically
* (as governed by the #kf_min_dist and #kf_max_dist parameters)
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode kf_mode;
/*!\brief Keyframe minimum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, prevents the encoder from
* placing a keyframe nearer than kf_min_dist to the previous keyframe. At
* least kf_min_dist frames non-keyframes will be coded before the next
* keyframe. Set kf_min_dist equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_min_dist;
/*!\brief Keyframe maximum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, forces the encoder to code
* a keyframe if one has not been coded in the last kf_max_dist frames.
* A value of 0 implies all frames will be keyframes. Set kf_min_dist
* equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_max_dist;
/*
* Spatial scalability settings (ss)
*/
/*!\brief Number of spatial coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of spatial coding layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ss_number_layers;
/*!\brief Enable auto alt reference flags for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify if auto alt reference frame is enabled for each
* spatial layer.
*/
int ss_enable_auto_alt_ref[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial layer.
*/
unsigned int ss_target_bitrate[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Number of temporal coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of temporal layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ts_number_layers;
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_target_bitrate[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Frame rate decimation factor for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the frame rate decimation factors to apply
* to each temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_rate_decimator[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Length of the sequence defining frame temporal layer membership.
*
* This value specifies the length of the sequence that defines the
* membership of frames to temporal layers. For example, if the
* ts_periodicity = 8, then the frames are assigned to coding layers with a
* repeated sequence of length 8.
*/
unsigned int ts_periodicity;
/*!\brief Template defining the membership of frames to temporal layers.
*
* This array defines the membership of frames to temporal coding layers.
* For a 2-layer encoding that assigns even numbered frames to one temporal
* layer (0) and odd numbered frames to a second temporal layer (1) with
* ts_periodicity=8, then ts_layer_id = (0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1).
*/
unsigned int ts_layer_id[VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial/temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial/temporal layer.
*
*/
unsigned int layer_target_bitrate[VPX_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Temporal layering mode indicating which temporal layering scheme to
* use.
*
* The value (refer to VP9E_TEMPORAL_LAYERING_MODE) specifies the
* temporal layering mode to use.
*
*/
int temporal_layering_mode;
} vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg */
/*!\brief vp9 svc extra configure parameters
*
* This defines max/min quantizers and scale factors for each layer
*
*/
typedef struct vpx_svc_parameters {
int max_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Max Q for each layer */
int min_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Min Q for each layer */
int scaling_factor_num[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-numerator */
int scaling_factor_den[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-denominator */
int speed_per_layer[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Speed setting for each sl */
int temporal_layering_mode; /**< Temporal layering mode */
} vpx_svc_extra_cfg_t;
/*!\brief Initialize an encoder instance
*
* Initializes a encoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_enc_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Initialize multi-encoder instance
*
* Initializes multi-encoder context using the given interface.
* Applications should call the vpx_codec_enc_init_multi convenience macro
* instead of this function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number
* parameter is properly initialized.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] num_enc Total number of encoders.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] dsf Pointer to down-sampling factors.
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
int num_enc, vpx_codec_flags_t flags, vpx_rational_t *dsf, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init_multi(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf, \
VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Get a default configuration
*
* Initializes a encoder configuration structure with default values. Supports
* the notion of "usages" so that an algorithm may offer different default
* settings depending on the user's intended goal. This function \ref SHOULD
* be called by all applications to initialize the configuration structure
* before specializing the configuration with application specific values.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[out] cfg Configuration buffer to populate.
* \param[in] usage Must be set to 0.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_default(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
unsigned int usage);
/*!\brief Set or change configuration
*
* Reconfigures an encoder instance according to the given configuration.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cfg Configuration buffer to use
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_set(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg);
/*!\brief Get global stream headers
*
* Retrieves a stream level global header packet, if supported by the codec.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval NULL
* Encoder does not support global header
* \retval Non-NULL
* Pointer to buffer containing global header packet
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t *vpx_codec_get_global_headers(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx REALTIME mode. */
#define VPX_DL_REALTIME (1)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx GOOD QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY (1000000)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx BEST QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY (0)
/*!\brief Encode a frame
*
* Encodes a video frame at the given "presentation time." The presentation
* time stamp (PTS) \ref MUST be strictly increasing.
*
* The encoder supports the notion of a soft real-time deadline. Given a
* non-zero value to the deadline parameter, the encoder will make a "best
* effort" guarantee to return before the given time slice expires. It is
* implicit that limiting the available time to encode will degrade the
* output quality. The encoder can be given an unlimited time to produce the
* best possible frame by specifying a deadline of '0'. This deadline
* supersedes the VPx notion of "best quality, good quality, realtime".
* Applications that wish to map these former settings to the new deadline
* based system can use the symbols #VPX_DL_REALTIME, #VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY,
* and #VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY.
*
* When the last frame has been passed to the encoder, this function should
* continue to be called, with the img parameter set to NULL. This will
* signal the end-of-stream condition to the encoder and allow it to encode
* any held buffers. Encoding is complete when vpx_codec_encode() is called
* and vpx_codec_get_cx_data() returns no data.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] img Image data to encode, NULL to flush.
* \param[in] pts Presentation time stamp, in timebase units.
* \param[in] duration Duration to show frame, in timebase units.
* \param[in] flags Flags to use for encoding this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Time to spend encoding, in microseconds. (0=infinite)
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_encode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const vpx_image_t *img,
vpx_codec_pts_t pts, unsigned long duration,
vpx_enc_frame_flags_t flags,
unsigned long deadline);
/*!\brief Set compressed data output buffer
*
* Sets the buffer that the codec should output the compressed data
* into. This call effectively sets the buffer pointer returned in the
* next VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packet. Subsequent packets will be
* appended into this buffer. The buffer is preserved across frames,
* so applications must periodically call this function after flushing
* the accumulated compressed data to disk or to the network to reset
* the pointer to the buffer's head.
*
* `pad_before` bytes will be skipped before writing the compressed
* data, and `pad_after` bytes will be appended to the packet. The size
* of the packet will be the sum of the size of the actual compressed
* data, pad_before, and pad_after. The padding bytes will be preserved
* (not overwritten).
*
* Note that calling this function does not guarantee that the returned
* compressed data will be placed into the specified buffer. In the
* event that the encoded data will not fit into the buffer provided,
* the returned packet \ref MAY point to an internal buffer, as it would
* if this call were never used. In this event, the output packet will
* NOT have any padding, and the application must free space and copy it
* to the proper place. This is of particular note in configurations
* that may output multiple packets for a single encoded frame (e.g., lagged
* encoding) or if the application does not reset the buffer periodically.
*
* Applications may restore the default behavior of the codec providing
* the compressed data buffer by calling this function with a NULL
* buffer.
*
* Applications \ref MUSTNOT call this function during iteration of
* vpx_codec_get_cx_data().
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] buf Buffer to store compressed data into
* \param[in] pad_before Bytes to skip before writing compressed data
* \param[in] pad_after Bytes to skip after writing compressed data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The buffer was set successfully.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_cx_data_buf(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_fixed_buf_t *buf,
unsigned int pad_before,
unsigned int pad_after);
/*!\brief Encoded data iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of data packets to be passed from the encoder to the
* application. The different kinds of packets available are enumerated in
* #vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind.
*
* #VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packets should be passed to the application's
* muxer. Multiple compressed frames may be in the list.
* #VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT packets should be appended to a global buffer.
*
* The application \ref MUST silently ignore any packet kinds that it does
* not recognize or support.
*
* The data buffers returned from this function are only guaranteed to be
* valid until the application makes another call to any vpx_codec_* function.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an output data packet (compressed frame data,
* two-pass statistics, etc.) or NULL to signal end-of-list.
*
*/
const vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *vpx_codec_get_cx_data(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\brief Get Preview Frame
*
* Returns an image that can be used as a preview. Shows the image as it would
* exist at the decompressor. The application \ref MUST NOT write into this
* image buffer.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \return Returns a pointer to a preview image, or NULL if no image is
* available.
*
*/
const vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_preview_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!@} - end defgroup encoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_

View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder external frame buffer interface.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief The maximum number of work buffers used by libvpx.
* Support maximum 4 threads to decode video in parallel.
* Each thread will use one work buffer.
* TODO(hkuang): Add support to set number of worker threads dynamically.
*/
#define VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief The maximum number of reference buffers that a VP9 encoder may use.
*/
#define VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief External frame buffer
*
* This structure holds allocated frame buffers used by the decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_frame_buffer {
uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to the data buffer */
size_t size; /**< Size of data in bytes */
void *priv; /**< Frame's private data */
} vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t;
/*!\brief get frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to retrieve data for the frame
* buffer in order for the decode call to complete. The callback must
* allocate at least min_size in bytes and assign it to fb->data. The callback
* must zero out all the data allocated. Then the callback must set fb->size
* to the allocated size. The application does not need to align the allocated
* data. The callback is triggered when the decoder needs a frame buffer to
* decode a compressed image into. This function may be called more than once
* for every call to vpx_codec_decode. The application may set fb->priv to
* some data which will be passed back in the ximage and the release function
* call. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On success the callback must
* return 0. Any failure the callback must return a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] min_size Size in bytes needed by the buffer
* \param[in,out] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv, size_t min_size,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
/*!\brief release frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder when the frame buffer is not
* referenced by any other buffers. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On
* success the callback must return 0. Any failure the callback must return
* a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_

View file

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the vpx image descriptor and associated operations
*
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (5) /**<\hideinitializer*/
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U in memory. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA 0x400 /**< Image has an alpha channel. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x800 /**< Image uses 16bit framebuffer. */
/*!\brief List of supported image formats */
typedef enum vpx_img_fmt {
VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE,
VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 =
VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */
VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 7,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42216 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44416 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH
} vpx_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_img_fmt */
/*!\brief List of supported color spaces */
typedef enum vpx_color_space {
VPX_CS_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown */
VPX_CS_BT_601 = 1, /**< BT.601 */
VPX_CS_BT_709 = 2, /**< BT.709 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_170 = 3, /**< SMPTE.170 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_240 = 4, /**< SMPTE.240 */
VPX_CS_BT_2020 = 5, /**< BT.2020 */
VPX_CS_RESERVED = 6, /**< Reserved */
VPX_CS_SRGB = 7 /**< sRGB */
} vpx_color_space_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_space */
/*!\brief List of supported color range */
typedef enum vpx_color_range {
VPX_CR_STUDIO_RANGE = 0, /**< Y [16..235], UV [16..240] */
VPX_CR_FULL_RANGE = 1 /**< YUV/RGB [0..255] */
} vpx_color_range_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_range */
/**\brief Image Descriptor */
typedef struct vpx_image {
vpx_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */
vpx_color_space_t cs; /**< Color Space */
vpx_color_range_t range; /**< Color Range */
/* Image storage dimensions */
unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */
unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */
unsigned int bit_depth; /**< Stored image bit-depth */
/* Image display dimensions */
unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */
unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */
/* Image intended rendering dimensions */
unsigned int r_w; /**< Intended rendering image width */
unsigned int r_h; /**< Intended rendering image height */
/* Chroma subsampling info */
unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */
unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */
/* Image data pointers. */
#define VPX_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */
#define VPX_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_ALPHA 3 /**< A (Transparency) plane */
unsigned char *planes[4]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */
int stride[4]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */
int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */
/*!\brief The following member may be set by the application to associate
* data with this image.
*/
void *user_priv;
/* The following members should be treated as private. */
unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */
int img_data_owner; /**< private */
int self_allocd; /**< private */
void *fb_priv; /**< Frame buffer data associated with the image. */
} vpx_image_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image */
/**\brief Representation of a rectangle on a surface */
typedef struct vpx_image_rect {
unsigned int x; /**< leftmost column */
unsigned int y; /**< topmost row */
unsigned int w; /**< width */
unsigned int h; /**< height */
} vpx_image_rect_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image_rect */
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for the descriptor is allocated on the heap.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and
* each row in the image(stride).
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_alloc(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt,
unsigned int d_w, unsigned int d_h,
unsigned int align);
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for descriptor has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is
* desired to "wrap" that storage.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this
* parameter is NULL, the storage for the descriptor
* will be allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] stride_align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image.
* \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_wrap(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, unsigned int d_w,
unsigned int d_h, unsigned int stride_align,
unsigned char *img_data);
/*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image
*
* Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to
* match the specified coordinates and size.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] x leftmost column
* \param[in] y topmost row
* \param[in] w width
* \param[in] h height
*
* \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero otherwise.
*/
int vpx_img_set_rect(vpx_image_t *img, unsigned int x, unsigned int y,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom)
*
* Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image
* be referenced upside-down.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_flip(vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Close an image descriptor
*
* Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_free(vpx_image_t *img);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_

View file

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#define VPX_INLINE __inline
#else
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
// TODO(jbb): Allow a way to force inline off for older compilers.
#define VPX_INLINE inline
#endif
/* Assume platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#endif
#endif // __cplusplus
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_

Binary file not shown.

View file

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h" // LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN()
namespace libwebm {
// Returns a temporary file name.
std::string GetTempFileName();
// Returns size of file specified by |file_name|, or 0 upon failure.
uint64_t GetFileSize(const std::string& file_name);
// Gets the contents file_name as a string. Returns false on error.
bool GetFileContents(const std::string& file_name, std::string* contents);
// Manages life of temporary file specified at time of construction. Deletes
// file upon destruction.
class TempFileDeleter {
public:
TempFileDeleter();
explicit TempFileDeleter(std::string file_name) : file_name_(file_name) {}
~TempFileDeleter();
const std::string& name() const { return file_name_; }
private:
std::string file_name_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TempFileDeleter);
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <memory>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
namespace mkvparser {
struct Colour;
struct MasteringMetadata;
struct PrimaryChromaticity;
} // namespace mkvparser
namespace libwebm {
// Utility types and functions for working with the Colour element and its
// children. Copiers return true upon success. Presence functions return true
// when the specified element is present.
// TODO(tomfinegan): These should be moved to libwebm_utils once c++11 is
// required by libwebm.
// Features of the VP9 codec that may be set in the CodecPrivate of a VP9 video
// stream. A value of kValueNotPresent represents that the value was not set in
// the CodecPrivate.
struct Vp9CodecFeatures {
static const int kValueNotPresent;
Vp9CodecFeatures()
: profile(kValueNotPresent),
level(kValueNotPresent),
bit_depth(kValueNotPresent),
chroma_subsampling(kValueNotPresent) {}
~Vp9CodecFeatures() {}
int profile;
int level;
int bit_depth;
int chroma_subsampling;
};
typedef std::unique_ptr<mkvmuxer::PrimaryChromaticity> PrimaryChromaticityPtr;
bool CopyPrimaryChromaticity(const mkvparser::PrimaryChromaticity& parser_pc,
PrimaryChromaticityPtr* muxer_pc);
bool MasteringMetadataValuePresent(double value);
bool CopyMasteringMetadata(const mkvparser::MasteringMetadata& parser_mm,
mkvmuxer::MasteringMetadata* muxer_mm);
bool ColourValuePresent(long long value);
bool CopyColour(const mkvparser::Colour& parser_colour,
mkvmuxer::Colour* muxer_colour);
// Returns true if |features| is set to one or more valid values.
bool ParseVpxCodecPrivate(const uint8_t* private_data, int32_t length,
Vp9CodecFeatures* features);
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
#define COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
namespace libwebm {
enum MkvId {
kMkvEBML = 0x1A45DFA3,
kMkvEBMLVersion = 0x4286,
kMkvEBMLReadVersion = 0x42F7,
kMkvEBMLMaxIDLength = 0x42F2,
kMkvEBMLMaxSizeLength = 0x42F3,
kMkvDocType = 0x4282,
kMkvDocTypeVersion = 0x4287,
kMkvDocTypeReadVersion = 0x4285,
kMkvVoid = 0xEC,
kMkvSignatureSlot = 0x1B538667,
kMkvSignatureAlgo = 0x7E8A,
kMkvSignatureHash = 0x7E9A,
kMkvSignaturePublicKey = 0x7EA5,
kMkvSignature = 0x7EB5,
kMkvSignatureElements = 0x7E5B,
kMkvSignatureElementList = 0x7E7B,
kMkvSignedElement = 0x6532,
// segment
kMkvSegment = 0x18538067,
// Meta Seek Information
kMkvSeekHead = 0x114D9B74,
kMkvSeek = 0x4DBB,
kMkvSeekID = 0x53AB,
kMkvSeekPosition = 0x53AC,
// Segment Information
kMkvInfo = 0x1549A966,
kMkvTimecodeScale = 0x2AD7B1,
kMkvDuration = 0x4489,
kMkvDateUTC = 0x4461,
kMkvTitle = 0x7BA9,
kMkvMuxingApp = 0x4D80,
kMkvWritingApp = 0x5741,
// Cluster
kMkvCluster = 0x1F43B675,
kMkvTimecode = 0xE7,
kMkvPrevSize = 0xAB,
kMkvBlockGroup = 0xA0,
kMkvBlock = 0xA1,
kMkvBlockDuration = 0x9B,
kMkvReferenceBlock = 0xFB,
kMkvLaceNumber = 0xCC,
kMkvSimpleBlock = 0xA3,
kMkvBlockAdditions = 0x75A1,
kMkvBlockMore = 0xA6,
kMkvBlockAddID = 0xEE,
kMkvBlockAdditional = 0xA5,
kMkvDiscardPadding = 0x75A2,
// Track
kMkvTracks = 0x1654AE6B,
kMkvTrackEntry = 0xAE,
kMkvTrackNumber = 0xD7,
kMkvTrackUID = 0x73C5,
kMkvTrackType = 0x83,
kMkvFlagEnabled = 0xB9,
kMkvFlagDefault = 0x88,
kMkvFlagForced = 0x55AA,
kMkvFlagLacing = 0x9C,
kMkvDefaultDuration = 0x23E383,
kMkvMaxBlockAdditionID = 0x55EE,
kMkvName = 0x536E,
kMkvLanguage = 0x22B59C,
kMkvCodecID = 0x86,
kMkvCodecPrivate = 0x63A2,
kMkvCodecName = 0x258688,
kMkvCodecDelay = 0x56AA,
kMkvSeekPreRoll = 0x56BB,
// video
kMkvVideo = 0xE0,
kMkvFlagInterlaced = 0x9A,
kMkvStereoMode = 0x53B8,
kMkvAlphaMode = 0x53C0,
kMkvPixelWidth = 0xB0,
kMkvPixelHeight = 0xBA,
kMkvPixelCropBottom = 0x54AA,
kMkvPixelCropTop = 0x54BB,
kMkvPixelCropLeft = 0x54CC,
kMkvPixelCropRight = 0x54DD,
kMkvDisplayWidth = 0x54B0,
kMkvDisplayHeight = 0x54BA,
kMkvDisplayUnit = 0x54B2,
kMkvAspectRatioType = 0x54B3,
kMkvColourSpace = 0x2EB524,
kMkvFrameRate = 0x2383E3,
// end video
// colour
kMkvColour = 0x55B0,
kMkvMatrixCoefficients = 0x55B1,
kMkvBitsPerChannel = 0x55B2,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B3,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingVert = 0x55B4,
kMkvCbSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B5,
kMkvCbSubsamplingVert = 0x55B6,
kMkvChromaSitingHorz = 0x55B7,
kMkvChromaSitingVert = 0x55B8,
kMkvRange = 0x55B9,
kMkvTransferCharacteristics = 0x55BA,
kMkvPrimaries = 0x55BB,
kMkvMaxCLL = 0x55BC,
kMkvMaxFALL = 0x55BD,
// mastering metadata
kMkvMasteringMetadata = 0x55D0,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityX = 0x55D1,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityY = 0x55D2,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityX = 0x55D3,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityY = 0x55D4,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityX = 0x55D5,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityY = 0x55D6,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityX = 0x55D7,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityY = 0x55D8,
kMkvLuminanceMax = 0x55D9,
kMkvLuminanceMin = 0x55DA,
// end mastering metadata
// end colour
// projection
kMkvProjection = 0x7670,
kMkvProjectionType = 0x7671,
kMkvProjectionPrivate = 0x7672,
kMkvProjectionPoseYaw = 0x7673,
kMkvProjectionPosePitch = 0x7674,
kMkvProjectionPoseRoll = 0x7675,
// end projection
// audio
kMkvAudio = 0xE1,
kMkvSamplingFrequency = 0xB5,
kMkvOutputSamplingFrequency = 0x78B5,
kMkvChannels = 0x9F,
kMkvBitDepth = 0x6264,
// end audio
// ContentEncodings
kMkvContentEncodings = 0x6D80,
kMkvContentEncoding = 0x6240,
kMkvContentEncodingOrder = 0x5031,
kMkvContentEncodingScope = 0x5032,
kMkvContentEncodingType = 0x5033,
kMkvContentCompression = 0x5034,
kMkvContentCompAlgo = 0x4254,
kMkvContentCompSettings = 0x4255,
kMkvContentEncryption = 0x5035,
kMkvContentEncAlgo = 0x47E1,
kMkvContentEncKeyID = 0x47E2,
kMkvContentSignature = 0x47E3,
kMkvContentSigKeyID = 0x47E4,
kMkvContentSigAlgo = 0x47E5,
kMkvContentSigHashAlgo = 0x47E6,
kMkvContentEncAESSettings = 0x47E7,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherMode = 0x47E8,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherInitData = 0x47E9,
// end ContentEncodings
// Cueing Data
kMkvCues = 0x1C53BB6B,
kMkvCuePoint = 0xBB,
kMkvCueTime = 0xB3,
kMkvCueTrackPositions = 0xB7,
kMkvCueTrack = 0xF7,
kMkvCueClusterPosition = 0xF1,
kMkvCueBlockNumber = 0x5378,
// Chapters
kMkvChapters = 0x1043A770,
kMkvEditionEntry = 0x45B9,
kMkvChapterAtom = 0xB6,
kMkvChapterUID = 0x73C4,
kMkvChapterStringUID = 0x5654,
kMkvChapterTimeStart = 0x91,
kMkvChapterTimeEnd = 0x92,
kMkvChapterDisplay = 0x80,
kMkvChapString = 0x85,
kMkvChapLanguage = 0x437C,
kMkvChapCountry = 0x437E,
// Tags
kMkvTags = 0x1254C367,
kMkvTag = 0x7373,
kMkvSimpleTag = 0x67C8,
kMkvTagName = 0x45A3,
kMkvTagString = 0x4487
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
namespace mkvmuxer {
typedef unsigned char uint8;
typedef short int16;
typedef int int32;
typedef unsigned int uint32;
typedef long long int64;
typedef unsigned long long uint64;
} // namespace mkvmuxer
// Copied from Chromium basictypes.h
// A macro to disallow the copy constructor and operator= functions
// This should be used in the private: declarations for a class
#define LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TypeName) \
TypeName(const TypeName&); \
void operator=(const TypeName&)
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_HPP_

View file

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#include "mkvmuxertypes.h"
#include "stdint.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
class Cluster;
class Frame;
class IMkvWriter;
// TODO(tomfinegan): mkvmuxer:: integer types continue to be used here because
// changing them causes pain for downstream projects. It would be nice if a
// solution that allows removal of the mkvmuxer:: integer types while avoiding
// pain for downstream users of libwebm. Considering that mkvmuxerutil.{cc,h}
// are really, for the great majority of cases, EBML size calculation and writer
// functions, perhaps a more EBML focused utility would be the way to go as a
// first step.
const uint64 kEbmlUnknownValue = 0x01FFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL;
const int64 kMaxBlockTimecode = 0x07FFFLL;
// Writes out |value| in Big Endian order. Returns 0 on success.
int32 SerializeInt(IMkvWriter* writer, int64 value, int32 size);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element.
int32 GetUIntSize(uint64 value);
int32 GetIntSize(int64 value);
int32 GetCodedUIntSize(uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlMasterElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, int64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, float value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const char* value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const uint8* value, uint64 size);
uint64 EbmlDateElementSize(uint64 type);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element assuming that the element was
// written using |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero, then it
// computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|.
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value, uint64 fixed_size);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |value|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUInt(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |size|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUIntSize(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, int32 size);
// Output an Mkv master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlMasterElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, uint64 size);
// Outputs an Mkv ID, calls |IMkvWriter::ElementStartNotify|, and passes the
// ID to |SerializeInt|. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteID(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type);
// Output an Mkv non-master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, float value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const char* value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const uint8* value,
uint64 size);
bool WriteEbmlDateElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
// Output an Mkv non-master element using fixed size. The element will be
// written out using exactly |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero
// then it computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|. Returns true
// if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value,
uint64 fixed_size);
// Output a Mkv Frame. It decides the correct element to write (Block vs
// SimpleBlock) based on the parameters of the Frame.
uint64 WriteFrame(IMkvWriter* writer, const Frame* const frame,
Cluster* cluster);
// Output a void element. |size| must be the entire size in bytes that will be
// void. The function will calculate the size of the void header and subtract
// it from |size|.
uint64 WriteVoidElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 size);
// Returns the version number of the muxer in |major|, |minor|, |build|,
// and |revision|.
void GetVersion(int32* major, int32* minor, int32* build, int32* revision);
// Returns a random number to be used for UID, using |seed| to seed
// the random-number generator (see POSIX rand_r() for semantics).
uint64 MakeUID(unsigned int* seed);
// Colour field validation helpers. All return true when |value| is valid.
bool IsMatrixCoefficientsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingHorzValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingVertValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsColourRangeValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsTransferCharacteristicsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsPrimariesValueValid(uint64_t value);
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
// Default implementation of the IMkvWriter interface on Windows.
class MkvWriter : public IMkvWriter {
public:
MkvWriter();
explicit MkvWriter(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvWriter();
// IMkvWriter interface
virtual int64 Position() const;
virtual int32 Position(int64 position);
virtual bool Seekable() const;
virtual int32 Write(const void* buffer, uint32 length);
virtual void ElementStartNotify(uint64 element_id, int64 position);
// Creates and opens a file for writing. |filename| is the name of the file
// to open. This function will overwrite the contents of |filename|. Returns
// true on success.
bool Open(const char* filename);
// Closes an opened file.
void Close();
private:
// File handle to output file.
FILE* file_;
bool writer_owns_file_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(MkvWriter);
};
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_

View file

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#define MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#include <cstdio>
#include "mkvparser/mkvparser.h"
namespace mkvparser {
class MkvReader : public IMkvReader {
public:
MkvReader();
explicit MkvReader(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvReader();
int Open(const char*);
void Close();
virtual int Read(long long position, long length, unsigned char* buffer);
virtual int Length(long long* total, long long* available);
private:
MkvReader(const MkvReader&);
MkvReader& operator=(const MkvReader&);
// Determines the size of the file. This is called either by the constructor
// or by the Open function depending on file ownership. Returns true on
// success.
bool GetFileSize();
long long m_length;
FILE* m_file;
bool reader_owns_file_;
};
} // namespace mkvparser
#endif // MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_

View file

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8 VP8
* \ingroup codecs
* VP8 is a video compression algorithm that uses motion
* compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the
* prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques
* based on arithmetic principles. It features:
* - YUV 4:2:0 image format
* - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma)
* - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction
* - 4x4 DCT transform
* - 128 level linear quantizer
* - In loop deblocking filter
* - Context-based entropy coding
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides controls common to both the VP8 encoder and decoder.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Control functions
*
* The set of macros define the control functions of VP8 interface
*/
enum vp8_com_control_id {
/*!\brief pass in an external frame into decoder to be used as reference frame
*/
VP8_SET_REFERENCE = 1,
VP8_COPY_REFERENCE = 2, /**< get a copy of reference frame from the decoder */
VP8_SET_POSTPROC = 3, /**< set the decoder's post processing settings */
/* TODO(jkoleszar): The encoder incorrectly reuses some of these values (5+)
* for its control ids. These should be migrated to something like the
* VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START range next time we're ready to break the ABI.
*/
VP9_GET_REFERENCE = 128, /**< get a pointer to a reference frame */
VP8_COMMON_CTRL_ID_MAX,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* The set of macros define VP8 decoder post processing flags
*/
enum vp8_postproc_level {
VP8_NOFILTERING = 0,
VP8_DEBLOCK = 1 << 0,
VP8_DEMACROBLOCK = 1 << 1,
VP8_ADDNOISE = 1 << 2,
VP8_MFQE = 1 << 3
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* This define a structure that describe the post processing settings. For
* the best objective measure (using the PSNR metric) set post_proc_flag
* to VP8_DEBLOCK and deblocking_level to 1.
*/
typedef struct vp8_postproc_cfg {
/*!\brief the types of post processing to be done, should be combination of
* "vp8_postproc_level" */
int post_proc_flag;
int deblocking_level; /**< the strength of deblocking, valid range [0, 16] */
int noise_level; /**< the strength of additive noise, valid range [0, 16] */
} vp8_postproc_cfg_t;
/*!\brief reference frame type
*
* The set of macros define the type of VP8 reference frames
*/
typedef enum vpx_ref_frame_type {
VP8_LAST_FRAME = 1,
VP8_GOLD_FRAME = 2,
VP8_ALTR_FRAME = 4
} vpx_ref_frame_type_t;
/*!\brief reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp8 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vpx_ref_frame {
vpx_ref_frame_type_t frame_type; /**< which reference frame */
vpx_image_t img; /**< reference frame data in image format */
} vpx_ref_frame_t;
/*!\brief VP9 specific reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp9 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vp9_ref_frame {
int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */
vpx_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */
} vp9_ref_frame_t;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief vp8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* defines the data type for each of VP8 decoder control function requires
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_COPY_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_COPY_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_POSTPROC, vp8_postproc_cfg_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_POSTPROC
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_GET_REFERENCE, vp9_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_GET_REFERENCE
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8_decoder WebM VP8/VP9 Decoder
* \ingroup vp8
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides definitions for using VP8 or VP9 within the vpx Decoder
* interface.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */
#include "./vp8.h"
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP8 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP9
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP9 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\enum vp8_dec_control_id
* \brief VP8 decoder control functions
*
* This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8
* decoder interface.
*
* \sa #vpx_codec_control
*/
enum vp8_dec_control_id {
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were updated
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START,
/** check if the indicated frame is corrupted */
VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED,
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were used
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED,
/** decryption function to decrypt encoded buffer data immediately
* before decoding. Takes a vpx_decrypt_init, which contains
* a callback function and opaque context pointer.
*/
VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR = VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
/** control function to get the dimensions that the current frame is decoded
* at. This may be different to the intended display size for the frame as
* specified in the wrapper or frame header (see VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE,
/** control function to get the current frame's intended display dimensions
* (as specified in the wrapper or frame header). This may be different to
* the decoded dimensions of this frame (see VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE,
/** control function to get the bit depth of the stream. */
VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH,
/** control function to set the byte alignment of the planes in the reference
* buffers. Valid values are power of 2, from 32 to 1024. A value of 0 sets
* legacy alignment. I.e. Y plane is aligned to 32 bytes, U plane directly
* follows Y plane, and V plane directly follows U plane. Default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_BYTE_ALIGNMENT,
/** control function to invert the decoding order to from right to left. The
* function is used in a test to confirm the decoding independence of tile
* columns. The function may be used in application where this order
* of decoding is desired.
*
* TODO(yaowu): Rework the unit test that uses this control, and in a future
* release, this test-only control shall be removed.
*/
VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER,
/** control function to set the skip loop filter flag. Valid values are
* integers. The decoder will skip the loop filter when its value is set to
* nonzero. If the loop filter is skipped the decoder may accumulate decode
* artifacts. The default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER,
/** control function to decode SVC stream up to the x spatial layers,
* where x is passed in through the control, and is 0 for base layer.
*/
VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get last decoded frame quantizer.
*
* Return value uses internal quantizer scale defined by the codec.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP8, VP9
*/
VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set row level multi-threading.
*
* 0 : off, 1 : on
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_ROW_MT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set loopfilter optimization.
*
* 0 : off, Loop filter is done after all tiles have been decoded
* 1 : on, Loop filter is done immediately after decode without
* waiting for all threads to sync.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_MAX
};
/** Decrypt n bytes of data from input -> output, using the decrypt_state
* passed in VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_decrypt_cb)(void *decrypt_state, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output, int count);
/*!\brief Structure to hold decryption state
*
* Defines a structure to hold the decryption state and access function.
*/
typedef struct vpx_decrypt_init {
/*! Decrypt callback. */
vpx_decrypt_cb decrypt_cb;
/*! Decryption state. */
void *decrypt_state;
} vpx_decrypt_init;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief VP8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* Defines the data types that VP8D control functions take. Note that
* additional common controls are defined in vp8.h
*
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, unsigned int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SET_ROW_MT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_ROW_MT, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT, int)
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_decoder */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_

View file

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface
* This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video
* formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface
* common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders).
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video codec algorithm.
*
* An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using
* vpx_codec_init() and a pointer to the algorithm's interface structure:
* <pre>
* my_app.c:
* extern vpx_codec_iface_t my_codec;
* {
* vpx_codec_ctx_t algo;
* res = vpx_codec_init(&algo, &my_codec);
* }
* </pre>
*
* Once initialized, the instance is manged using other functions from
* the vpx_codec_* family.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */
#ifndef VPX_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#else
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DEPRECATED */
#ifndef VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
/*!\brief \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
#else
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */
#ifndef VPX_UNUSED
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define VPX_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
#define VPX_UNUSED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_UNUSED */
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (4 + VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief Algorithm return codes */
typedef enum {
/*!\brief Operation completed without error */
VPX_CODEC_OK,
/*!\brief Unspecified error */
VPX_CODEC_ERROR,
/*!\brief Memory operation failed */
VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR,
/*!\brief ABI version mismatch */
VPX_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH,
/*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */
VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE,
/*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported.
*
* The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder
* is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the
* stream. */
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM,
/*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature
*
* The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This
* return code should only be used for features that prevent future
* pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as
* fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP.
*/
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE,
/*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete
*
* There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code
* should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from
* being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the
* stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding
* is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present.
*/
VPX_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME,
/*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM,
/*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_LIST_END
} vpx_codec_err_t;
/*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield
*
* Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_caps_t;
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */
/*! Can support images at greater than 8 bitdepth.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x4
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_flags_t;
/*!\brief Codec interface structure.
*
* Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec
* implementation. This structure is opaque to the application.
*/
typedef const struct vpx_codec_iface vpx_codec_iface_t;
/*!\brief Codec private data structure.
*
* Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque
* to the application.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_priv vpx_codec_priv_t;
/*!\brief Iterator
*
* Opaque storage used for iterating over lists.
*/
typedef const void *vpx_codec_iter_t;
/*!\brief Codec context structure
*
* All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general,
* this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and
* not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications
* may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the
* algorithm.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_ctx {
const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */
vpx_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */
const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */
vpx_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */
union {
/**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg *dec;
/**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg *enc;
const void *raw;
} config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */
vpx_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */
} vpx_codec_ctx_t;
/*!\brief Bit depth for codec
* *
* This enumeration determines the bit depth of the codec.
*/
typedef enum vpx_bit_depth {
VPX_BITS_8 = 8, /**< 8 bits */
VPX_BITS_10 = 10, /**< 10 bits */
VPX_BITS_12 = 12, /**< 12 bits */
} vpx_bit_depth_t;
/*
* Library Version Number Interface
*
* For example, see the following sample return values:
* vpx_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3)
* vpx_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
* vpx_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
*/
/*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer)
*
* Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only
* include
* the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this encoded
* value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding may
* change
* in the future.
*
*/
int vpx_codec_version(void);
#define VPX_VERSION_MAJOR(v) \
((v >> 16) & 0xff) /**< extract major from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_MINOR(v) \
((v >> 8) & 0xff) /**< extract minor from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_PATCH(v) \
((v >> 0) & 0xff) /**< extract patch from packed version */
/*!\brief Return the version major number */
#define vpx_codec_version_major() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 16) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version minor number */
#define vpx_codec_version_minor() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 8) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version patch number */
#define vpx_codec_version_patch() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 0) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This
* may
* contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to
* indicate
* release candidates, prerelease versions, etc.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string
* returned
* by vpx_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_extra_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the build configuration
*
* Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build
* configuration. This may be useful to vpx support.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_build_config(void);
/*!\brief Return the name for a given interface
*
* Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Interface pointer
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_iface_name(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Convert error number to printable string
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] err Error number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_err_to_string(vpx_codec_err_t err);
/*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about
* the last error.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
* \retval NULL
* No detailed information is available.
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error_detail(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs.
*/
/*!\brief Destroy a codec instance
*
* Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The codec algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_destroy(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm.
*
* Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
*
*/
vpx_codec_caps_t vpx_codec_get_caps(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Control algorithm
*
* This function is used to exchange algorithm specific data with the codec
* instance. This can be used to implement features specific to a particular
* algorithm.
*
* This wrapper function dispatches the request to the helper function
* associated with the given ctrl_id. It tries to call this function
* transparently, but will return #VPX_CODEC_ERROR if the request could not
* be dispatched.
*
* Note that this function should not be used directly. Call the
* #vpx_codec_control wrapper macro instead.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The control request was processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* The control request was not processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* The data was not valid.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, ...);
#if defined(VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS) && VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) vpx_codec_control_(ctx, id, data)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id, typ)
#else
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control wrapper macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_().
*
* \internal
* It works by dispatching the call to the control function through a wrapper
* function named with the id parameter.
*/
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) \
vpx_codec_control_##id(ctx, id, data) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It defines the type of the argument for a given
* control identifier.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with
* the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper to the type-unsafe internal
* function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control deprecated type definition macro
*
* Like #VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE, but indicates that the specified control is
* deprecated and should not be used. Consult the documentation for your
* codec for more information.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a
* wrapper to the type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) \
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) VPX_DEPRECATED VPX_UNUSED; \
\
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control void type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It indicates that a given control identifier takes
* no argument.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function without a data argument as a wrapper to the
* type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
#endif
/*!@} - end defgroup codec*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_

View file

@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all decoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video decoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_frame_buffer.h"
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION \
(3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE 0x10000 /**< Will issue put_slice callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME 0x20000 /**< Will issue put_frame callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_POSTPROC 0x40000 /**< Can postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Can conceal errors due to packet loss */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x80000
/*!\brief Can receive encoded frames one fragment at a time */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x100000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
/*!\brief Can support frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADING 0x200000
/*!brief Can support external frame buffers */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER 0x400000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_POSTPROC 0x10000 /**< Postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Conceal errors in decoded frames */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x20000
/*!\brief The input frame should be passed to the decoder one fragment at a
* time */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x40000
/*!\brief Enable frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_FRAME_THREADING 0x80000
/*!\brief Stream properties
*
* This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded
* stream. Algorithms may extend this structure with data specific
* to their bitstream by setting the sz member appropriately.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_stream_info {
unsigned int sz; /**< Size of this structure */
unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */
} vpx_codec_stream_info_t;
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders.
*/
/*!\brief Initialization Configurations
*
* This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the
* decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg {
unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */
unsigned int w; /**< Width */
unsigned int h; /**< Height */
} vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg */
/*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance
*
* Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_dec_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer
*
* Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder
* context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is
* of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
* \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_peek_stream_info(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Return information about the current stream.
*
* Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_stream_info(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Decode data
*
* Processes a buffer of coded data. If the processing results in a new
* decoded frame becoming available, PUT_SLICE and PUT_FRAME events may be
* generated, as appropriate. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS (decode
* time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS (presentation
* time stamp) order.
* If the decoder is configured with VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS enabled,
* data and data_sz can contain a fragment of the encoded frame. Fragment
* \#n must contain at least partition \#n, but can also contain subsequent
* partitions (\#n+1 - \#n+i), and if so, fragments \#n+1, .., \#n+i must
* be empty. When no more data is available, this function should be called
* with NULL as data and 0 as data_sz. The memory passed to this function
* must be available until the frame has been decoded.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data. If
* NULL, a VPX_CODEC_CB_PUT_FRAME event is posted
* for the previously decoded frame.
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes.
* \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with
* this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Soft deadline the decoder should attempt to meet,
* in us. Set to zero for unlimited.
*
* \return Returns #VPX_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely
* and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise,
* see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::vpx_codec_err_t
* for recoverability capabilities.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_decode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz, void *user_priv,
long deadline);
/*!\brief Decoded frames iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator
* storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is
* complete when this function returns NULL.
*
* The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the
* vpx_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to
* vpx_codec_decode.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames
* produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\defgroup cap_put_frame Frame-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put frame callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of decoded image data.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Register for notification of frame completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded frame is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_frame_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_frame */
/*!\defgroup cap_put_slice Slice-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put slice callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of partially decoded image data. The
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img,
const vpx_image_rect_t *valid,
const vpx_image_rect_t *update);
/*!\brief Register for notification of slice completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded slice is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_slice_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_slice*/
/*!\defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer External Frame Buffer Functions
*
* The following section is required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER capability.
* Calling this function for codecs that don't advertise this capability
* will result in an error code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR.
*
* \note
* Currently this only works with VP9.
* @{
*/
/*!\brief Pass in external frame buffers for the decoder to use.
*
* Registers functions to be called when libvpx needs a frame buffer
* to decode the current frame and a function to be called when libvpx does
* not internally reference the frame buffer. This set function must
* be called before the first call to decode or libvpx will assume the
* default behavior of allocating frame buffers internally.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb_get Pointer to the get callback function
* \param[in] cb_release Pointer to the release callback function
* \param[in] cb_priv Callback's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* External frame buffers will be used by libvpx.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One or more of the callbacks were NULL.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* using external frame buffers.
*
* \note
* When decoding VP9, the application may be required to pass in at least
* #VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS + #VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS external frame
* buffers.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_frame_buffer_functions(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_get,
vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_release, void *cb_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer */
/*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_

View file

@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
/*!\defgroup encoder Encoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this encoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all encoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the encoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video encoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum length of the sequence defining frame
* layer membership
*/
#define VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY 16
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Temporal+Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_MAX_LAYERS 12 // 3 temporal + 4 spatial layers are allowed.
/*! Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Spatial Scalability: Default number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_DEFAULT_LAYERS 1
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION \
(14 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Encoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each encoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra
* interfaces or functionality, and are not required to be supported
* by an encoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Can issue PSNR packets */
/*! Can output one partition at a time. Each partition is returned in its
* own VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, with the FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT flag set for
* every partition but the last. In this mode all frames are always
* returned partition by partition.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow
* for proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Calculate PSNR on each frame */
/*!\brief Make the encoder output one partition at a time. */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x40000 /**< Use high bitdepth */
/*!\brief Generic fixed size buffer structure
*
* This structure is able to hold a reference to any fixed size buffer.
*/
typedef struct vpx_fixed_buf {
void *buf; /**< Pointer to the data */
size_t sz; /**< Length of the buffer, in chars */
} vpx_fixed_buf_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_fixed_buf */
/*!\brief Time Stamp Type
*
* An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides
* the absolute time of a sample.
*/
typedef int64_t vpx_codec_pts_t;
/*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags
*
* This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed
* frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits
* can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to
* support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example)
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1 /**< frame is the start of a GOP */
/*!\brief frame can be dropped without affecting the stream (no future frame
* depends on this one) */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2
/*!\brief frame should be decoded but will not be shown */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_INVISIBLE 0x4
/*!\brief this is a fragment of the encoded frame */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT 0x8
/*!\brief Error Resilient flags
*
* These flags define which error resilient features to enable in the
* encoder. The flags are specified through the
* vpx_codec_enc_cfg::g_error_resilient variable.
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_er_flags_t;
/*!\brief Improve resiliency against losses of whole frames */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_DEFAULT 0x1
/*!\brief The frame partitions are independently decodable by the bool decoder,
* meaning that partitions can be decoded even though earlier partitions have
* been lost. Note that intra prediction is still done over the partition
* boundary. */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_PARTITIONS 0x2
/*!\brief Encoder output packet variants
*
* This enumeration lists the different kinds of data packets that can be
* returned by calls to vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). Algorithms \ref MAY
* extend this list to provide additional functionality.
*/
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind {
VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, /**< Compressed video frame */
VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT, /**< Two-pass statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_FPMB_STATS_PKT, /**< first pass mb statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_PSNR_PKT, /**< PSNR statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_CUSTOM_PKT = 256 /**< Algorithm extensions */
};
/*!\brief Encoder output packet
*
* This structure contains the different kinds of output data the encoder
* may produce while compressing a frame.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt {
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind kind; /**< packet variant */
union {
struct {
void *buf; /**< compressed data buffer */
size_t sz; /**< length of compressed data */
/*!\brief time stamp to show frame (in timebase units) */
vpx_codec_pts_t pts;
/*!\brief duration to show frame (in timebase units) */
unsigned long duration;
vpx_codec_frame_flags_t flags; /**< flags for this frame */
/*!\brief the partition id defines the decoding order of the partitions.
* Only applicable when "output partition" mode is enabled. First
* partition has id 0.*/
int partition_id;
/*!\brief Width and height of frames in this packet. VP8 will only use the
* first one.*/
unsigned int width[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame width */
unsigned int height[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame height */
/*!\brief Flag to indicate if spatial layer frame in this packet is
* encoded or dropped. VP8 will always be set to 1.*/
uint8_t spatial_layer_encoded[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
} frame; /**< data for compressed frame packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t twopass_stats; /**< data for two-pass packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t firstpass_mb_stats; /**< first pass mb packet */
struct vpx_psnr_pkt {
unsigned int samples[4]; /**< Number of samples, total/y/u/v */
uint64_t sse[4]; /**< sum squared error, total/y/u/v */
double psnr[4]; /**< PSNR, total/y/u/v */
} psnr; /**< data for PSNR packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t raw; /**< data for arbitrary packets */
/* This packet size is fixed to allow codecs to extend this
* interface without having to manage storage for raw packets,
* i.e., if it's smaller than 128 bytes, you can store in the
* packet list directly.
*/
char pad[128 - sizeof(enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind)]; /**< fixed sz */
} data; /**< packet data */
} vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt */
/*!\brief Encoder return output buffer callback
*
* This callback function, when registered, returns with packets when each
* spatial layer is encoded.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t)(vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *pkt,
void *user_data);
/*!\brief Callback function pointer / user data pair storage */
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_cb_pair {
vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t output_cx_pkt; /**< Callback function */
void *user_priv; /**< Pointer to private data */
} vpx_codec_priv_output_cx_pkt_cb_pair_t;
/*!\brief Rational Number
*
* This structure holds a fractional value.
*/
typedef struct vpx_rational {
int num; /**< fraction numerator */
int den; /**< fraction denominator */
} vpx_rational_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_rational */
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Pass */
enum vpx_enc_pass {
VPX_RC_ONE_PASS, /**< Single pass mode */
VPX_RC_FIRST_PASS, /**< First pass of multi-pass mode */
VPX_RC_LAST_PASS /**< Final pass of multi-pass mode */
};
/*!\brief Rate control mode */
enum vpx_rc_mode {
VPX_VBR, /**< Variable Bit Rate (VBR) mode */
VPX_CBR, /**< Constant Bit Rate (CBR) mode */
VPX_CQ, /**< Constrained Quality (CQ) mode */
VPX_Q, /**< Constant Quality (Q) mode */
};
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode.
*
* This enumeration determines whether keyframes are placed automatically by
* the encoder or whether this behavior is disabled. Older releases of this
* SDK were implemented such that VPX_KF_FIXED meant keyframes were disabled.
* This name is confusing for this behavior, so the new symbols to be used
* are VPX_KF_AUTO and VPX_KF_DISABLED.
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode {
VPX_KF_FIXED, /**< deprecated, implies VPX_KF_DISABLED */
VPX_KF_AUTO, /**< Encoder determines optimal placement automatically */
VPX_KF_DISABLED = 0 /**< Encoder does not place keyframes. */
};
/*!\brief Encoded Frame Flags
*
* This type indicates a bitfield to be passed to vpx_codec_encode(), defining
* per-frame boolean values. By convention, bits common to all codecs will be
* named VPX_EFLAG_*, and bits specific to an algorithm will be named
* /algo/_eflag_*. The lower order 16 bits are reserved for common use.
*/
typedef long vpx_enc_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_EFLAG_FORCE_KF (1 << 0) /**< Force this frame to be a keyframe */
/*!\brief Encoder configuration structure
*
* This structure contains the encoder settings that have common representations
* across all codecs. This doesn't imply that all codecs support all features,
* however.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg {
/*
* generic settings (g)
*/
/*!\brief Deprecated: Algorithm specific "usage" value
*
* This value must be zero.
*/
unsigned int g_usage;
/*!\brief Maximum number of threads to use
*
* For multi-threaded implementations, use no more than this number of
* threads. The codec may use fewer threads than allowed. The value
* 0 is equivalent to the value 1.
*/
unsigned int g_threads;
/*!\brief Bitstream profile to use
*
* Some codecs support a notion of multiple bitstream profiles. Typically
* this maps to a set of features that are turned on or off. Often the
* profile to use is determined by the features of the intended decoder.
* Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the valid values
* for this parameter, or set to zero for a sane default.
*/
unsigned int g_profile; /**< profile of bitstream to use */
/*!\brief Width of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_w;
/*!\brief Height of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_h;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the codec
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the codec,
* Only certain bit-depths are supported as identified in the
* vpx_bit_depth_t enum.
*/
vpx_bit_depth_t g_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the input frames
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the input frames in bits.
* Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must have
* this bit-depth.
*/
unsigned int g_input_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Stream timebase units
*
* Indicates the smallest interval of time, in seconds, used by the stream.
* For fixed frame rate material, or variable frame rate material where
* frames are timed at a multiple of a given clock (ex: video capture),
* the \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to the reciprocal
* of the frame rate (ex: 1001/30000 for 29.970 Hz NTSC). This allows the
* pts to correspond to the frame number, which can be handy. For
* re-encoding video from containers with absolute time timestamps, the
* \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to that of the parent
* container or multimedia framework (ex: 1/1000 for ms, as in FLV).
*/
struct vpx_rational g_timebase;
/*!\brief Enable error resilient modes.
*
* The error resilient bitfield indicates to the encoder which features
* it should enable to take measures for streaming over lossy or noisy
* links.
*/
vpx_codec_er_flags_t g_error_resilient;
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Mode
*
* This value should be set to the current phase for multi-pass encoding.
* For single pass, set to #VPX_RC_ONE_PASS.
*/
enum vpx_enc_pass g_pass;
/*!\brief Allow lagged encoding
*
* If set, this value allows the encoder to consume a number of input
* frames before producing output frames. This allows the encoder to
* base decisions for the current frame on future frames. This does
* increase the latency of the encoding pipeline, so it is not appropriate
* in all situations (ex: realtime encoding).
*
* Note that this is a maximum value -- the encoder may produce frames
* sooner than the given limit. Set this value to 0 to disable this
* feature.
*/
unsigned int g_lag_in_frames;
/*
* rate control settings (rc)
*/
/*!\brief Temporal resampling configuration, if supported by the codec.
*
* Temporal resampling allows the codec to "drop" frames as a strategy to
* meet its target data rate. This can cause temporal discontinuities in
* the encoded video, which may appear as stuttering during playback. This
* trade-off is often acceptable, but for many applications is not. It can
* be disabled in these cases.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, a
* dropped frame is indicated. Set the threshold to zero (0) to disable
* this feature.
*/
unsigned int rc_dropframe_thresh;
/*!\brief Enable/disable spatial resampling, if supported by the codec.
*
* Spatial resampling allows the codec to compress a lower resolution
* version of the frame, which is then upscaled by the encoder to the
* correct presentation resolution. This increases visual quality at
* low data rates, at the expense of CPU time on the encoder/decoder.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_allowed;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame width.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the width of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_width;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame height.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the height of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_height;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling up watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer rises above this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step up to a higher resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_up_thresh;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling down watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step down to a lower resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_down_thresh;
/*!\brief Rate control algorithm to use.
*
* Indicates whether the end usage of this stream is to be streamed over
* a bandwidth constrained link, indicating that Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
* mode should be used, or whether it will be played back on a high
* bandwidth link, as from a local disk, where higher variations in
* bitrate are acceptable.
*/
enum vpx_rc_mode rc_end_usage;
/*!\brief Two-pass stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the stats packets produced in the first
* pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_twopass_stats_in;
/*!\brief first pass mb stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the first pass mb stats packets produced
* in the first pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_firstpass_mb_stats_in;
/*!\brief Target data rate
*
* Target bandwidth to use for this stream, in kilobits per second.
*/
unsigned int rc_target_bitrate;
/*
* quantizer settings
*/
/*!\brief Minimum (Best Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_min_quantizer;
/*!\brief Maximum (Worst Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_max_quantizer;
/*
* bitrate tolerance
*/
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation undershoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be subtracted from the target bitrate in order to compensate
* for prior overshoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* undershoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
* *
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_undershoot_pct;
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation overshoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be added to the target bitrate in order to compensate for
* prior undershoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* overshoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
*
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_overshoot_pct;
/*
* decoder buffer model parameters
*/
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that may be buffered by the
* decoding application. Note that this value is expressed in units of
* time (milliseconds). For example, a value of 5000 indicates that the
* client will buffer (at least) 5000ms worth of encoded data. Use the
* target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if
* necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Initial Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that will be buffered by the
* decoding application prior to beginning playback. This value is
* expressed in units of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate
* (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_initial_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Optimal Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that the encoder should try
* to maintain in the decoder's buffer. This value is expressed in units
* of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate)
* to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_optimal_sz;
/*
* 2 pass rate control parameters
*/
/*!\brief Two-pass mode CBR/VBR bias
*
* Bias, expressed on a scale of 0 to 100, for determining target size
* for the current frame. The value 0 indicates the optimal CBR mode
* value should be used. The value 100 indicates the optimal VBR mode
* value should be used. Values in between indicate which way the
* encoder should "lean."
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_bias_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP minimum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the minimum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_minsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP maximum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the maximum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_maxsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass corpus vbr mode complexity control
* Used only in VP9: A value representing the corpus midpoint complexity
* for corpus vbr mode. This value defaults to 0 which disables corpus vbr
* mode in favour of normal vbr mode.
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_corpus_complexity;
/*
* keyframing settings (kf)
*/
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode
*
* This value indicates whether the encoder should place keyframes at a
* fixed interval, or determine the optimal placement automatically
* (as governed by the #kf_min_dist and #kf_max_dist parameters)
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode kf_mode;
/*!\brief Keyframe minimum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, prevents the encoder from
* placing a keyframe nearer than kf_min_dist to the previous keyframe. At
* least kf_min_dist frames non-keyframes will be coded before the next
* keyframe. Set kf_min_dist equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_min_dist;
/*!\brief Keyframe maximum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, forces the encoder to code
* a keyframe if one has not been coded in the last kf_max_dist frames.
* A value of 0 implies all frames will be keyframes. Set kf_min_dist
* equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_max_dist;
/*
* Spatial scalability settings (ss)
*/
/*!\brief Number of spatial coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of spatial coding layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ss_number_layers;
/*!\brief Enable auto alt reference flags for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify if auto alt reference frame is enabled for each
* spatial layer.
*/
int ss_enable_auto_alt_ref[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial layer.
*/
unsigned int ss_target_bitrate[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Number of temporal coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of temporal layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ts_number_layers;
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_target_bitrate[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Frame rate decimation factor for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the frame rate decimation factors to apply
* to each temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_rate_decimator[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Length of the sequence defining frame temporal layer membership.
*
* This value specifies the length of the sequence that defines the
* membership of frames to temporal layers. For example, if the
* ts_periodicity = 8, then the frames are assigned to coding layers with a
* repeated sequence of length 8.
*/
unsigned int ts_periodicity;
/*!\brief Template defining the membership of frames to temporal layers.
*
* This array defines the membership of frames to temporal coding layers.
* For a 2-layer encoding that assigns even numbered frames to one temporal
* layer (0) and odd numbered frames to a second temporal layer (1) with
* ts_periodicity=8, then ts_layer_id = (0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1).
*/
unsigned int ts_layer_id[VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial/temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial/temporal layer.
*
*/
unsigned int layer_target_bitrate[VPX_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Temporal layering mode indicating which temporal layering scheme to
* use.
*
* The value (refer to VP9E_TEMPORAL_LAYERING_MODE) specifies the
* temporal layering mode to use.
*
*/
int temporal_layering_mode;
} vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg */
/*!\brief vp9 svc extra configure parameters
*
* This defines max/min quantizers and scale factors for each layer
*
*/
typedef struct vpx_svc_parameters {
int max_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Max Q for each layer */
int min_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Min Q for each layer */
int scaling_factor_num[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-numerator */
int scaling_factor_den[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-denominator */
int speed_per_layer[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Speed setting for each sl */
int temporal_layering_mode; /**< Temporal layering mode */
} vpx_svc_extra_cfg_t;
/*!\brief Initialize an encoder instance
*
* Initializes a encoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_enc_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Initialize multi-encoder instance
*
* Initializes multi-encoder context using the given interface.
* Applications should call the vpx_codec_enc_init_multi convenience macro
* instead of this function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number
* parameter is properly initialized.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] num_enc Total number of encoders.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] dsf Pointer to down-sampling factors.
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
int num_enc, vpx_codec_flags_t flags, vpx_rational_t *dsf, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init_multi(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf, \
VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Get a default configuration
*
* Initializes a encoder configuration structure with default values. Supports
* the notion of "usages" so that an algorithm may offer different default
* settings depending on the user's intended goal. This function \ref SHOULD
* be called by all applications to initialize the configuration structure
* before specializing the configuration with application specific values.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[out] cfg Configuration buffer to populate.
* \param[in] usage Must be set to 0.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_default(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
unsigned int usage);
/*!\brief Set or change configuration
*
* Reconfigures an encoder instance according to the given configuration.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cfg Configuration buffer to use
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_set(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg);
/*!\brief Get global stream headers
*
* Retrieves a stream level global header packet, if supported by the codec.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval NULL
* Encoder does not support global header
* \retval Non-NULL
* Pointer to buffer containing global header packet
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t *vpx_codec_get_global_headers(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx REALTIME mode. */
#define VPX_DL_REALTIME (1)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx GOOD QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY (1000000)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx BEST QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY (0)
/*!\brief Encode a frame
*
* Encodes a video frame at the given "presentation time." The presentation
* time stamp (PTS) \ref MUST be strictly increasing.
*
* The encoder supports the notion of a soft real-time deadline. Given a
* non-zero value to the deadline parameter, the encoder will make a "best
* effort" guarantee to return before the given time slice expires. It is
* implicit that limiting the available time to encode will degrade the
* output quality. The encoder can be given an unlimited time to produce the
* best possible frame by specifying a deadline of '0'. This deadline
* supersedes the VPx notion of "best quality, good quality, realtime".
* Applications that wish to map these former settings to the new deadline
* based system can use the symbols #VPX_DL_REALTIME, #VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY,
* and #VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY.
*
* When the last frame has been passed to the encoder, this function should
* continue to be called, with the img parameter set to NULL. This will
* signal the end-of-stream condition to the encoder and allow it to encode
* any held buffers. Encoding is complete when vpx_codec_encode() is called
* and vpx_codec_get_cx_data() returns no data.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] img Image data to encode, NULL to flush.
* \param[in] pts Presentation time stamp, in timebase units.
* \param[in] duration Duration to show frame, in timebase units.
* \param[in] flags Flags to use for encoding this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Time to spend encoding, in microseconds. (0=infinite)
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_encode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const vpx_image_t *img,
vpx_codec_pts_t pts, unsigned long duration,
vpx_enc_frame_flags_t flags,
unsigned long deadline);
/*!\brief Set compressed data output buffer
*
* Sets the buffer that the codec should output the compressed data
* into. This call effectively sets the buffer pointer returned in the
* next VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packet. Subsequent packets will be
* appended into this buffer. The buffer is preserved across frames,
* so applications must periodically call this function after flushing
* the accumulated compressed data to disk or to the network to reset
* the pointer to the buffer's head.
*
* `pad_before` bytes will be skipped before writing the compressed
* data, and `pad_after` bytes will be appended to the packet. The size
* of the packet will be the sum of the size of the actual compressed
* data, pad_before, and pad_after. The padding bytes will be preserved
* (not overwritten).
*
* Note that calling this function does not guarantee that the returned
* compressed data will be placed into the specified buffer. In the
* event that the encoded data will not fit into the buffer provided,
* the returned packet \ref MAY point to an internal buffer, as it would
* if this call were never used. In this event, the output packet will
* NOT have any padding, and the application must free space and copy it
* to the proper place. This is of particular note in configurations
* that may output multiple packets for a single encoded frame (e.g., lagged
* encoding) or if the application does not reset the buffer periodically.
*
* Applications may restore the default behavior of the codec providing
* the compressed data buffer by calling this function with a NULL
* buffer.
*
* Applications \ref MUSTNOT call this function during iteration of
* vpx_codec_get_cx_data().
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] buf Buffer to store compressed data into
* \param[in] pad_before Bytes to skip before writing compressed data
* \param[in] pad_after Bytes to skip after writing compressed data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The buffer was set successfully.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_cx_data_buf(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_fixed_buf_t *buf,
unsigned int pad_before,
unsigned int pad_after);
/*!\brief Encoded data iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of data packets to be passed from the encoder to the
* application. The different kinds of packets available are enumerated in
* #vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind.
*
* #VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packets should be passed to the application's
* muxer. Multiple compressed frames may be in the list.
* #VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT packets should be appended to a global buffer.
*
* The application \ref MUST silently ignore any packet kinds that it does
* not recognize or support.
*
* The data buffers returned from this function are only guaranteed to be
* valid until the application makes another call to any vpx_codec_* function.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an output data packet (compressed frame data,
* two-pass statistics, etc.) or NULL to signal end-of-list.
*
*/
const vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *vpx_codec_get_cx_data(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\brief Get Preview Frame
*
* Returns an image that can be used as a preview. Shows the image as it would
* exist at the decompressor. The application \ref MUST NOT write into this
* image buffer.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \return Returns a pointer to a preview image, or NULL if no image is
* available.
*
*/
const vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_preview_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!@} - end defgroup encoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_

View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder external frame buffer interface.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief The maximum number of work buffers used by libvpx.
* Support maximum 4 threads to decode video in parallel.
* Each thread will use one work buffer.
* TODO(hkuang): Add support to set number of worker threads dynamically.
*/
#define VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief The maximum number of reference buffers that a VP9 encoder may use.
*/
#define VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief External frame buffer
*
* This structure holds allocated frame buffers used by the decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_frame_buffer {
uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to the data buffer */
size_t size; /**< Size of data in bytes */
void *priv; /**< Frame's private data */
} vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t;
/*!\brief get frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to retrieve data for the frame
* buffer in order for the decode call to complete. The callback must
* allocate at least min_size in bytes and assign it to fb->data. The callback
* must zero out all the data allocated. Then the callback must set fb->size
* to the allocated size. The application does not need to align the allocated
* data. The callback is triggered when the decoder needs a frame buffer to
* decode a compressed image into. This function may be called more than once
* for every call to vpx_codec_decode. The application may set fb->priv to
* some data which will be passed back in the ximage and the release function
* call. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On success the callback must
* return 0. Any failure the callback must return a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] min_size Size in bytes needed by the buffer
* \param[in,out] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv, size_t min_size,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
/*!\brief release frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder when the frame buffer is not
* referenced by any other buffers. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On
* success the callback must return 0. Any failure the callback must return
* a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_

View file

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the vpx image descriptor and associated operations
*
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (5) /**<\hideinitializer*/
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U in memory. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA 0x400 /**< Image has an alpha channel. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x800 /**< Image uses 16bit framebuffer. */
/*!\brief List of supported image formats */
typedef enum vpx_img_fmt {
VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE,
VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 =
VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */
VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 7,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42216 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44416 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH
} vpx_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_img_fmt */
/*!\brief List of supported color spaces */
typedef enum vpx_color_space {
VPX_CS_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown */
VPX_CS_BT_601 = 1, /**< BT.601 */
VPX_CS_BT_709 = 2, /**< BT.709 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_170 = 3, /**< SMPTE.170 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_240 = 4, /**< SMPTE.240 */
VPX_CS_BT_2020 = 5, /**< BT.2020 */
VPX_CS_RESERVED = 6, /**< Reserved */
VPX_CS_SRGB = 7 /**< sRGB */
} vpx_color_space_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_space */
/*!\brief List of supported color range */
typedef enum vpx_color_range {
VPX_CR_STUDIO_RANGE = 0, /**< Y [16..235], UV [16..240] */
VPX_CR_FULL_RANGE = 1 /**< YUV/RGB [0..255] */
} vpx_color_range_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_range */
/**\brief Image Descriptor */
typedef struct vpx_image {
vpx_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */
vpx_color_space_t cs; /**< Color Space */
vpx_color_range_t range; /**< Color Range */
/* Image storage dimensions */
unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */
unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */
unsigned int bit_depth; /**< Stored image bit-depth */
/* Image display dimensions */
unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */
unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */
/* Image intended rendering dimensions */
unsigned int r_w; /**< Intended rendering image width */
unsigned int r_h; /**< Intended rendering image height */
/* Chroma subsampling info */
unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */
unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */
/* Image data pointers. */
#define VPX_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */
#define VPX_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_ALPHA 3 /**< A (Transparency) plane */
unsigned char *planes[4]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */
int stride[4]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */
int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */
/*!\brief The following member may be set by the application to associate
* data with this image.
*/
void *user_priv;
/* The following members should be treated as private. */
unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */
int img_data_owner; /**< private */
int self_allocd; /**< private */
void *fb_priv; /**< Frame buffer data associated with the image. */
} vpx_image_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image */
/**\brief Representation of a rectangle on a surface */
typedef struct vpx_image_rect {
unsigned int x; /**< leftmost column */
unsigned int y; /**< topmost row */
unsigned int w; /**< width */
unsigned int h; /**< height */
} vpx_image_rect_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image_rect */
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for the descriptor is allocated on the heap.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and
* each row in the image(stride).
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_alloc(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt,
unsigned int d_w, unsigned int d_h,
unsigned int align);
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for descriptor has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is
* desired to "wrap" that storage.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this
* parameter is NULL, the storage for the descriptor
* will be allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] stride_align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image.
* \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_wrap(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, unsigned int d_w,
unsigned int d_h, unsigned int stride_align,
unsigned char *img_data);
/*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image
*
* Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to
* match the specified coordinates and size.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] x leftmost column
* \param[in] y topmost row
* \param[in] w width
* \param[in] h height
*
* \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero otherwise.
*/
int vpx_img_set_rect(vpx_image_t *img, unsigned int x, unsigned int y,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom)
*
* Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image
* be referenced upside-down.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_flip(vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Close an image descriptor
*
* Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_free(vpx_image_t *img);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_

View file

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#define VPX_INLINE __inline
#else
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
// TODO(jbb): Allow a way to force inline off for older compilers.
#define VPX_INLINE inline
#endif
/* Assume platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#endif
#endif // __cplusplus
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_

View file

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
# pkg-config file from libvpx v1.8.0
prefix=/Users/andy/go/src/github.com/webmproject/jni/vpx-android/output/android/arm64-v8a
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: vpx
Description: WebM Project VPx codec implementation
Version: 1.8.0
Requires:
Conflicts:
Libs: -L${libdir} -lvpx -lm
Libs.private: -lm
Cflags: -I${includedir}

View file

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h" // LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN()
namespace libwebm {
// Returns a temporary file name.
std::string GetTempFileName();
// Returns size of file specified by |file_name|, or 0 upon failure.
uint64_t GetFileSize(const std::string& file_name);
// Gets the contents file_name as a string. Returns false on error.
bool GetFileContents(const std::string& file_name, std::string* contents);
// Manages life of temporary file specified at time of construction. Deletes
// file upon destruction.
class TempFileDeleter {
public:
TempFileDeleter();
explicit TempFileDeleter(std::string file_name) : file_name_(file_name) {}
~TempFileDeleter();
const std::string& name() const { return file_name_; }
private:
std::string file_name_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TempFileDeleter);
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <memory>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
namespace mkvparser {
struct Colour;
struct MasteringMetadata;
struct PrimaryChromaticity;
} // namespace mkvparser
namespace libwebm {
// Utility types and functions for working with the Colour element and its
// children. Copiers return true upon success. Presence functions return true
// when the specified element is present.
// TODO(tomfinegan): These should be moved to libwebm_utils once c++11 is
// required by libwebm.
// Features of the VP9 codec that may be set in the CodecPrivate of a VP9 video
// stream. A value of kValueNotPresent represents that the value was not set in
// the CodecPrivate.
struct Vp9CodecFeatures {
static const int kValueNotPresent;
Vp9CodecFeatures()
: profile(kValueNotPresent),
level(kValueNotPresent),
bit_depth(kValueNotPresent),
chroma_subsampling(kValueNotPresent) {}
~Vp9CodecFeatures() {}
int profile;
int level;
int bit_depth;
int chroma_subsampling;
};
typedef std::unique_ptr<mkvmuxer::PrimaryChromaticity> PrimaryChromaticityPtr;
bool CopyPrimaryChromaticity(const mkvparser::PrimaryChromaticity& parser_pc,
PrimaryChromaticityPtr* muxer_pc);
bool MasteringMetadataValuePresent(double value);
bool CopyMasteringMetadata(const mkvparser::MasteringMetadata& parser_mm,
mkvmuxer::MasteringMetadata* muxer_mm);
bool ColourValuePresent(long long value);
bool CopyColour(const mkvparser::Colour& parser_colour,
mkvmuxer::Colour* muxer_colour);
// Returns true if |features| is set to one or more valid values.
bool ParseVpxCodecPrivate(const uint8_t* private_data, int32_t length,
Vp9CodecFeatures* features);
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
#define COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
namespace libwebm {
enum MkvId {
kMkvEBML = 0x1A45DFA3,
kMkvEBMLVersion = 0x4286,
kMkvEBMLReadVersion = 0x42F7,
kMkvEBMLMaxIDLength = 0x42F2,
kMkvEBMLMaxSizeLength = 0x42F3,
kMkvDocType = 0x4282,
kMkvDocTypeVersion = 0x4287,
kMkvDocTypeReadVersion = 0x4285,
kMkvVoid = 0xEC,
kMkvSignatureSlot = 0x1B538667,
kMkvSignatureAlgo = 0x7E8A,
kMkvSignatureHash = 0x7E9A,
kMkvSignaturePublicKey = 0x7EA5,
kMkvSignature = 0x7EB5,
kMkvSignatureElements = 0x7E5B,
kMkvSignatureElementList = 0x7E7B,
kMkvSignedElement = 0x6532,
// segment
kMkvSegment = 0x18538067,
// Meta Seek Information
kMkvSeekHead = 0x114D9B74,
kMkvSeek = 0x4DBB,
kMkvSeekID = 0x53AB,
kMkvSeekPosition = 0x53AC,
// Segment Information
kMkvInfo = 0x1549A966,
kMkvTimecodeScale = 0x2AD7B1,
kMkvDuration = 0x4489,
kMkvDateUTC = 0x4461,
kMkvTitle = 0x7BA9,
kMkvMuxingApp = 0x4D80,
kMkvWritingApp = 0x5741,
// Cluster
kMkvCluster = 0x1F43B675,
kMkvTimecode = 0xE7,
kMkvPrevSize = 0xAB,
kMkvBlockGroup = 0xA0,
kMkvBlock = 0xA1,
kMkvBlockDuration = 0x9B,
kMkvReferenceBlock = 0xFB,
kMkvLaceNumber = 0xCC,
kMkvSimpleBlock = 0xA3,
kMkvBlockAdditions = 0x75A1,
kMkvBlockMore = 0xA6,
kMkvBlockAddID = 0xEE,
kMkvBlockAdditional = 0xA5,
kMkvDiscardPadding = 0x75A2,
// Track
kMkvTracks = 0x1654AE6B,
kMkvTrackEntry = 0xAE,
kMkvTrackNumber = 0xD7,
kMkvTrackUID = 0x73C5,
kMkvTrackType = 0x83,
kMkvFlagEnabled = 0xB9,
kMkvFlagDefault = 0x88,
kMkvFlagForced = 0x55AA,
kMkvFlagLacing = 0x9C,
kMkvDefaultDuration = 0x23E383,
kMkvMaxBlockAdditionID = 0x55EE,
kMkvName = 0x536E,
kMkvLanguage = 0x22B59C,
kMkvCodecID = 0x86,
kMkvCodecPrivate = 0x63A2,
kMkvCodecName = 0x258688,
kMkvCodecDelay = 0x56AA,
kMkvSeekPreRoll = 0x56BB,
// video
kMkvVideo = 0xE0,
kMkvFlagInterlaced = 0x9A,
kMkvStereoMode = 0x53B8,
kMkvAlphaMode = 0x53C0,
kMkvPixelWidth = 0xB0,
kMkvPixelHeight = 0xBA,
kMkvPixelCropBottom = 0x54AA,
kMkvPixelCropTop = 0x54BB,
kMkvPixelCropLeft = 0x54CC,
kMkvPixelCropRight = 0x54DD,
kMkvDisplayWidth = 0x54B0,
kMkvDisplayHeight = 0x54BA,
kMkvDisplayUnit = 0x54B2,
kMkvAspectRatioType = 0x54B3,
kMkvColourSpace = 0x2EB524,
kMkvFrameRate = 0x2383E3,
// end video
// colour
kMkvColour = 0x55B0,
kMkvMatrixCoefficients = 0x55B1,
kMkvBitsPerChannel = 0x55B2,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B3,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingVert = 0x55B4,
kMkvCbSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B5,
kMkvCbSubsamplingVert = 0x55B6,
kMkvChromaSitingHorz = 0x55B7,
kMkvChromaSitingVert = 0x55B8,
kMkvRange = 0x55B9,
kMkvTransferCharacteristics = 0x55BA,
kMkvPrimaries = 0x55BB,
kMkvMaxCLL = 0x55BC,
kMkvMaxFALL = 0x55BD,
// mastering metadata
kMkvMasteringMetadata = 0x55D0,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityX = 0x55D1,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityY = 0x55D2,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityX = 0x55D3,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityY = 0x55D4,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityX = 0x55D5,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityY = 0x55D6,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityX = 0x55D7,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityY = 0x55D8,
kMkvLuminanceMax = 0x55D9,
kMkvLuminanceMin = 0x55DA,
// end mastering metadata
// end colour
// projection
kMkvProjection = 0x7670,
kMkvProjectionType = 0x7671,
kMkvProjectionPrivate = 0x7672,
kMkvProjectionPoseYaw = 0x7673,
kMkvProjectionPosePitch = 0x7674,
kMkvProjectionPoseRoll = 0x7675,
// end projection
// audio
kMkvAudio = 0xE1,
kMkvSamplingFrequency = 0xB5,
kMkvOutputSamplingFrequency = 0x78B5,
kMkvChannels = 0x9F,
kMkvBitDepth = 0x6264,
// end audio
// ContentEncodings
kMkvContentEncodings = 0x6D80,
kMkvContentEncoding = 0x6240,
kMkvContentEncodingOrder = 0x5031,
kMkvContentEncodingScope = 0x5032,
kMkvContentEncodingType = 0x5033,
kMkvContentCompression = 0x5034,
kMkvContentCompAlgo = 0x4254,
kMkvContentCompSettings = 0x4255,
kMkvContentEncryption = 0x5035,
kMkvContentEncAlgo = 0x47E1,
kMkvContentEncKeyID = 0x47E2,
kMkvContentSignature = 0x47E3,
kMkvContentSigKeyID = 0x47E4,
kMkvContentSigAlgo = 0x47E5,
kMkvContentSigHashAlgo = 0x47E6,
kMkvContentEncAESSettings = 0x47E7,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherMode = 0x47E8,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherInitData = 0x47E9,
// end ContentEncodings
// Cueing Data
kMkvCues = 0x1C53BB6B,
kMkvCuePoint = 0xBB,
kMkvCueTime = 0xB3,
kMkvCueTrackPositions = 0xB7,
kMkvCueTrack = 0xF7,
kMkvCueClusterPosition = 0xF1,
kMkvCueBlockNumber = 0x5378,
// Chapters
kMkvChapters = 0x1043A770,
kMkvEditionEntry = 0x45B9,
kMkvChapterAtom = 0xB6,
kMkvChapterUID = 0x73C4,
kMkvChapterStringUID = 0x5654,
kMkvChapterTimeStart = 0x91,
kMkvChapterTimeEnd = 0x92,
kMkvChapterDisplay = 0x80,
kMkvChapString = 0x85,
kMkvChapLanguage = 0x437C,
kMkvChapCountry = 0x437E,
// Tags
kMkvTags = 0x1254C367,
kMkvTag = 0x7373,
kMkvSimpleTag = 0x67C8,
kMkvTagName = 0x45A3,
kMkvTagString = 0x4487
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_

View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
namespace mkvmuxer {
typedef unsigned char uint8;
typedef short int16;
typedef int int32;
typedef unsigned int uint32;
typedef long long int64;
typedef unsigned long long uint64;
} // namespace mkvmuxer
// Copied from Chromium basictypes.h
// A macro to disallow the copy constructor and operator= functions
// This should be used in the private: declarations for a class
#define LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TypeName) \
TypeName(const TypeName&); \
void operator=(const TypeName&)
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_HPP_

View file

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#include "mkvmuxertypes.h"
#include "stdint.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
class Cluster;
class Frame;
class IMkvWriter;
// TODO(tomfinegan): mkvmuxer:: integer types continue to be used here because
// changing them causes pain for downstream projects. It would be nice if a
// solution that allows removal of the mkvmuxer:: integer types while avoiding
// pain for downstream users of libwebm. Considering that mkvmuxerutil.{cc,h}
// are really, for the great majority of cases, EBML size calculation and writer
// functions, perhaps a more EBML focused utility would be the way to go as a
// first step.
const uint64 kEbmlUnknownValue = 0x01FFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL;
const int64 kMaxBlockTimecode = 0x07FFFLL;
// Writes out |value| in Big Endian order. Returns 0 on success.
int32 SerializeInt(IMkvWriter* writer, int64 value, int32 size);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element.
int32 GetUIntSize(uint64 value);
int32 GetIntSize(int64 value);
int32 GetCodedUIntSize(uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlMasterElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, int64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, float value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const char* value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const uint8* value, uint64 size);
uint64 EbmlDateElementSize(uint64 type);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element assuming that the element was
// written using |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero, then it
// computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|.
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value, uint64 fixed_size);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |value|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUInt(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |size|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUIntSize(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, int32 size);
// Output an Mkv master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlMasterElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, uint64 size);
// Outputs an Mkv ID, calls |IMkvWriter::ElementStartNotify|, and passes the
// ID to |SerializeInt|. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteID(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type);
// Output an Mkv non-master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, float value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const char* value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const uint8* value,
uint64 size);
bool WriteEbmlDateElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
// Output an Mkv non-master element using fixed size. The element will be
// written out using exactly |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero
// then it computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|. Returns true
// if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value,
uint64 fixed_size);
// Output a Mkv Frame. It decides the correct element to write (Block vs
// SimpleBlock) based on the parameters of the Frame.
uint64 WriteFrame(IMkvWriter* writer, const Frame* const frame,
Cluster* cluster);
// Output a void element. |size| must be the entire size in bytes that will be
// void. The function will calculate the size of the void header and subtract
// it from |size|.
uint64 WriteVoidElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 size);
// Returns the version number of the muxer in |major|, |minor|, |build|,
// and |revision|.
void GetVersion(int32* major, int32* minor, int32* build, int32* revision);
// Returns a random number to be used for UID, using |seed| to seed
// the random-number generator (see POSIX rand_r() for semantics).
uint64 MakeUID(unsigned int* seed);
// Colour field validation helpers. All return true when |value| is valid.
bool IsMatrixCoefficientsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingHorzValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingVertValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsColourRangeValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsTransferCharacteristicsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsPrimariesValueValid(uint64_t value);
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
// Default implementation of the IMkvWriter interface on Windows.
class MkvWriter : public IMkvWriter {
public:
MkvWriter();
explicit MkvWriter(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvWriter();
// IMkvWriter interface
virtual int64 Position() const;
virtual int32 Position(int64 position);
virtual bool Seekable() const;
virtual int32 Write(const void* buffer, uint32 length);
virtual void ElementStartNotify(uint64 element_id, int64 position);
// Creates and opens a file for writing. |filename| is the name of the file
// to open. This function will overwrite the contents of |filename|. Returns
// true on success.
bool Open(const char* filename);
// Closes an opened file.
void Close();
private:
// File handle to output file.
FILE* file_;
bool writer_owns_file_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(MkvWriter);
};
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_

View file

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#define MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#include <cstdio>
#include "mkvparser/mkvparser.h"
namespace mkvparser {
class MkvReader : public IMkvReader {
public:
MkvReader();
explicit MkvReader(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvReader();
int Open(const char*);
void Close();
virtual int Read(long long position, long length, unsigned char* buffer);
virtual int Length(long long* total, long long* available);
private:
MkvReader(const MkvReader&);
MkvReader& operator=(const MkvReader&);
// Determines the size of the file. This is called either by the constructor
// or by the Open function depending on file ownership. Returns true on
// success.
bool GetFileSize();
long long m_length;
FILE* m_file;
bool reader_owns_file_;
};
} // namespace mkvparser
#endif // MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_

View file

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8 VP8
* \ingroup codecs
* VP8 is a video compression algorithm that uses motion
* compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the
* prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques
* based on arithmetic principles. It features:
* - YUV 4:2:0 image format
* - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma)
* - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction
* - 4x4 DCT transform
* - 128 level linear quantizer
* - In loop deblocking filter
* - Context-based entropy coding
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides controls common to both the VP8 encoder and decoder.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Control functions
*
* The set of macros define the control functions of VP8 interface
*/
enum vp8_com_control_id {
/*!\brief pass in an external frame into decoder to be used as reference frame
*/
VP8_SET_REFERENCE = 1,
VP8_COPY_REFERENCE = 2, /**< get a copy of reference frame from the decoder */
VP8_SET_POSTPROC = 3, /**< set the decoder's post processing settings */
/* TODO(jkoleszar): The encoder incorrectly reuses some of these values (5+)
* for its control ids. These should be migrated to something like the
* VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START range next time we're ready to break the ABI.
*/
VP9_GET_REFERENCE = 128, /**< get a pointer to a reference frame */
VP8_COMMON_CTRL_ID_MAX,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* The set of macros define VP8 decoder post processing flags
*/
enum vp8_postproc_level {
VP8_NOFILTERING = 0,
VP8_DEBLOCK = 1 << 0,
VP8_DEMACROBLOCK = 1 << 1,
VP8_ADDNOISE = 1 << 2,
VP8_MFQE = 1 << 3
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* This define a structure that describe the post processing settings. For
* the best objective measure (using the PSNR metric) set post_proc_flag
* to VP8_DEBLOCK and deblocking_level to 1.
*/
typedef struct vp8_postproc_cfg {
/*!\brief the types of post processing to be done, should be combination of
* "vp8_postproc_level" */
int post_proc_flag;
int deblocking_level; /**< the strength of deblocking, valid range [0, 16] */
int noise_level; /**< the strength of additive noise, valid range [0, 16] */
} vp8_postproc_cfg_t;
/*!\brief reference frame type
*
* The set of macros define the type of VP8 reference frames
*/
typedef enum vpx_ref_frame_type {
VP8_LAST_FRAME = 1,
VP8_GOLD_FRAME = 2,
VP8_ALTR_FRAME = 4
} vpx_ref_frame_type_t;
/*!\brief reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp8 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vpx_ref_frame {
vpx_ref_frame_type_t frame_type; /**< which reference frame */
vpx_image_t img; /**< reference frame data in image format */
} vpx_ref_frame_t;
/*!\brief VP9 specific reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp9 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vp9_ref_frame {
int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */
vpx_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */
} vp9_ref_frame_t;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief vp8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* defines the data type for each of VP8 decoder control function requires
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_COPY_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_COPY_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_POSTPROC, vp8_postproc_cfg_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_POSTPROC
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_GET_REFERENCE, vp9_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_GET_REFERENCE
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8_decoder WebM VP8/VP9 Decoder
* \ingroup vp8
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides definitions for using VP8 or VP9 within the vpx Decoder
* interface.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */
#include "./vp8.h"
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP8 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP9
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP9 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\enum vp8_dec_control_id
* \brief VP8 decoder control functions
*
* This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8
* decoder interface.
*
* \sa #vpx_codec_control
*/
enum vp8_dec_control_id {
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were updated
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START,
/** check if the indicated frame is corrupted */
VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED,
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were used
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED,
/** decryption function to decrypt encoded buffer data immediately
* before decoding. Takes a vpx_decrypt_init, which contains
* a callback function and opaque context pointer.
*/
VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR = VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
/** control function to get the dimensions that the current frame is decoded
* at. This may be different to the intended display size for the frame as
* specified in the wrapper or frame header (see VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE,
/** control function to get the current frame's intended display dimensions
* (as specified in the wrapper or frame header). This may be different to
* the decoded dimensions of this frame (see VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE,
/** control function to get the bit depth of the stream. */
VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH,
/** control function to set the byte alignment of the planes in the reference
* buffers. Valid values are power of 2, from 32 to 1024. A value of 0 sets
* legacy alignment. I.e. Y plane is aligned to 32 bytes, U plane directly
* follows Y plane, and V plane directly follows U plane. Default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_BYTE_ALIGNMENT,
/** control function to invert the decoding order to from right to left. The
* function is used in a test to confirm the decoding independence of tile
* columns. The function may be used in application where this order
* of decoding is desired.
*
* TODO(yaowu): Rework the unit test that uses this control, and in a future
* release, this test-only control shall be removed.
*/
VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER,
/** control function to set the skip loop filter flag. Valid values are
* integers. The decoder will skip the loop filter when its value is set to
* nonzero. If the loop filter is skipped the decoder may accumulate decode
* artifacts. The default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER,
/** control function to decode SVC stream up to the x spatial layers,
* where x is passed in through the control, and is 0 for base layer.
*/
VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get last decoded frame quantizer.
*
* Return value uses internal quantizer scale defined by the codec.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP8, VP9
*/
VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set row level multi-threading.
*
* 0 : off, 1 : on
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_ROW_MT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set loopfilter optimization.
*
* 0 : off, Loop filter is done after all tiles have been decoded
* 1 : on, Loop filter is done immediately after decode without
* waiting for all threads to sync.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_MAX
};
/** Decrypt n bytes of data from input -> output, using the decrypt_state
* passed in VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_decrypt_cb)(void *decrypt_state, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output, int count);
/*!\brief Structure to hold decryption state
*
* Defines a structure to hold the decryption state and access function.
*/
typedef struct vpx_decrypt_init {
/*! Decrypt callback. */
vpx_decrypt_cb decrypt_cb;
/*! Decryption state. */
void *decrypt_state;
} vpx_decrypt_init;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief VP8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* Defines the data types that VP8D control functions take. Note that
* additional common controls are defined in vp8.h
*
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, unsigned int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SET_ROW_MT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_ROW_MT, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT, int)
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_decoder */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_

View file

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface
* This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video
* formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface
* common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders).
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video codec algorithm.
*
* An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using
* vpx_codec_init() and a pointer to the algorithm's interface structure:
* <pre>
* my_app.c:
* extern vpx_codec_iface_t my_codec;
* {
* vpx_codec_ctx_t algo;
* res = vpx_codec_init(&algo, &my_codec);
* }
* </pre>
*
* Once initialized, the instance is manged using other functions from
* the vpx_codec_* family.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */
#ifndef VPX_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#else
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DEPRECATED */
#ifndef VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
/*!\brief \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
#else
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */
#ifndef VPX_UNUSED
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define VPX_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
#define VPX_UNUSED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_UNUSED */
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (4 + VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief Algorithm return codes */
typedef enum {
/*!\brief Operation completed without error */
VPX_CODEC_OK,
/*!\brief Unspecified error */
VPX_CODEC_ERROR,
/*!\brief Memory operation failed */
VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR,
/*!\brief ABI version mismatch */
VPX_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH,
/*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */
VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE,
/*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported.
*
* The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder
* is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the
* stream. */
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM,
/*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature
*
* The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This
* return code should only be used for features that prevent future
* pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as
* fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP.
*/
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE,
/*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete
*
* There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code
* should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from
* being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the
* stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding
* is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present.
*/
VPX_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME,
/*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM,
/*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_LIST_END
} vpx_codec_err_t;
/*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield
*
* Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_caps_t;
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */
/*! Can support images at greater than 8 bitdepth.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x4
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_flags_t;
/*!\brief Codec interface structure.
*
* Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec
* implementation. This structure is opaque to the application.
*/
typedef const struct vpx_codec_iface vpx_codec_iface_t;
/*!\brief Codec private data structure.
*
* Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque
* to the application.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_priv vpx_codec_priv_t;
/*!\brief Iterator
*
* Opaque storage used for iterating over lists.
*/
typedef const void *vpx_codec_iter_t;
/*!\brief Codec context structure
*
* All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general,
* this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and
* not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications
* may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the
* algorithm.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_ctx {
const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */
vpx_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */
const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */
vpx_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */
union {
/**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg *dec;
/**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg *enc;
const void *raw;
} config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */
vpx_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */
} vpx_codec_ctx_t;
/*!\brief Bit depth for codec
* *
* This enumeration determines the bit depth of the codec.
*/
typedef enum vpx_bit_depth {
VPX_BITS_8 = 8, /**< 8 bits */
VPX_BITS_10 = 10, /**< 10 bits */
VPX_BITS_12 = 12, /**< 12 bits */
} vpx_bit_depth_t;
/*
* Library Version Number Interface
*
* For example, see the following sample return values:
* vpx_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3)
* vpx_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
* vpx_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
*/
/*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer)
*
* Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only
* include
* the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this encoded
* value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding may
* change
* in the future.
*
*/
int vpx_codec_version(void);
#define VPX_VERSION_MAJOR(v) \
((v >> 16) & 0xff) /**< extract major from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_MINOR(v) \
((v >> 8) & 0xff) /**< extract minor from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_PATCH(v) \
((v >> 0) & 0xff) /**< extract patch from packed version */
/*!\brief Return the version major number */
#define vpx_codec_version_major() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 16) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version minor number */
#define vpx_codec_version_minor() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 8) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version patch number */
#define vpx_codec_version_patch() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 0) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This
* may
* contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to
* indicate
* release candidates, prerelease versions, etc.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string
* returned
* by vpx_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_extra_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the build configuration
*
* Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build
* configuration. This may be useful to vpx support.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_build_config(void);
/*!\brief Return the name for a given interface
*
* Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Interface pointer
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_iface_name(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Convert error number to printable string
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] err Error number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_err_to_string(vpx_codec_err_t err);
/*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about
* the last error.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
* \retval NULL
* No detailed information is available.
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error_detail(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs.
*/
/*!\brief Destroy a codec instance
*
* Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The codec algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_destroy(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm.
*
* Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
*
*/
vpx_codec_caps_t vpx_codec_get_caps(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Control algorithm
*
* This function is used to exchange algorithm specific data with the codec
* instance. This can be used to implement features specific to a particular
* algorithm.
*
* This wrapper function dispatches the request to the helper function
* associated with the given ctrl_id. It tries to call this function
* transparently, but will return #VPX_CODEC_ERROR if the request could not
* be dispatched.
*
* Note that this function should not be used directly. Call the
* #vpx_codec_control wrapper macro instead.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The control request was processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* The control request was not processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* The data was not valid.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, ...);
#if defined(VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS) && VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) vpx_codec_control_(ctx, id, data)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id, typ)
#else
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control wrapper macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_().
*
* \internal
* It works by dispatching the call to the control function through a wrapper
* function named with the id parameter.
*/
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) \
vpx_codec_control_##id(ctx, id, data) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It defines the type of the argument for a given
* control identifier.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with
* the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper to the type-unsafe internal
* function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control deprecated type definition macro
*
* Like #VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE, but indicates that the specified control is
* deprecated and should not be used. Consult the documentation for your
* codec for more information.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a
* wrapper to the type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) \
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) VPX_DEPRECATED VPX_UNUSED; \
\
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control void type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It indicates that a given control identifier takes
* no argument.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function without a data argument as a wrapper to the
* type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
#endif
/*!@} - end defgroup codec*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_

View file

@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all decoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video decoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_frame_buffer.h"
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION \
(3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE 0x10000 /**< Will issue put_slice callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME 0x20000 /**< Will issue put_frame callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_POSTPROC 0x40000 /**< Can postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Can conceal errors due to packet loss */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x80000
/*!\brief Can receive encoded frames one fragment at a time */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x100000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
/*!\brief Can support frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADING 0x200000
/*!brief Can support external frame buffers */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER 0x400000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_POSTPROC 0x10000 /**< Postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Conceal errors in decoded frames */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x20000
/*!\brief The input frame should be passed to the decoder one fragment at a
* time */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x40000
/*!\brief Enable frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_FRAME_THREADING 0x80000
/*!\brief Stream properties
*
* This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded
* stream. Algorithms may extend this structure with data specific
* to their bitstream by setting the sz member appropriately.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_stream_info {
unsigned int sz; /**< Size of this structure */
unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */
} vpx_codec_stream_info_t;
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders.
*/
/*!\brief Initialization Configurations
*
* This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the
* decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg {
unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */
unsigned int w; /**< Width */
unsigned int h; /**< Height */
} vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg */
/*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance
*
* Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_dec_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer
*
* Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder
* context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is
* of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
* \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_peek_stream_info(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Return information about the current stream.
*
* Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_stream_info(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Decode data
*
* Processes a buffer of coded data. If the processing results in a new
* decoded frame becoming available, PUT_SLICE and PUT_FRAME events may be
* generated, as appropriate. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS (decode
* time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS (presentation
* time stamp) order.
* If the decoder is configured with VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS enabled,
* data and data_sz can contain a fragment of the encoded frame. Fragment
* \#n must contain at least partition \#n, but can also contain subsequent
* partitions (\#n+1 - \#n+i), and if so, fragments \#n+1, .., \#n+i must
* be empty. When no more data is available, this function should be called
* with NULL as data and 0 as data_sz. The memory passed to this function
* must be available until the frame has been decoded.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data. If
* NULL, a VPX_CODEC_CB_PUT_FRAME event is posted
* for the previously decoded frame.
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes.
* \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with
* this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Soft deadline the decoder should attempt to meet,
* in us. Set to zero for unlimited.
*
* \return Returns #VPX_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely
* and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise,
* see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::vpx_codec_err_t
* for recoverability capabilities.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_decode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz, void *user_priv,
long deadline);
/*!\brief Decoded frames iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator
* storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is
* complete when this function returns NULL.
*
* The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the
* vpx_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to
* vpx_codec_decode.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames
* produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\defgroup cap_put_frame Frame-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put frame callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of decoded image data.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Register for notification of frame completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded frame is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_frame_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_frame */
/*!\defgroup cap_put_slice Slice-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put slice callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of partially decoded image data. The
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img,
const vpx_image_rect_t *valid,
const vpx_image_rect_t *update);
/*!\brief Register for notification of slice completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded slice is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_slice_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_slice*/
/*!\defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer External Frame Buffer Functions
*
* The following section is required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER capability.
* Calling this function for codecs that don't advertise this capability
* will result in an error code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR.
*
* \note
* Currently this only works with VP9.
* @{
*/
/*!\brief Pass in external frame buffers for the decoder to use.
*
* Registers functions to be called when libvpx needs a frame buffer
* to decode the current frame and a function to be called when libvpx does
* not internally reference the frame buffer. This set function must
* be called before the first call to decode or libvpx will assume the
* default behavior of allocating frame buffers internally.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb_get Pointer to the get callback function
* \param[in] cb_release Pointer to the release callback function
* \param[in] cb_priv Callback's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* External frame buffers will be used by libvpx.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One or more of the callbacks were NULL.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* using external frame buffers.
*
* \note
* When decoding VP9, the application may be required to pass in at least
* #VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS + #VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS external frame
* buffers.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_frame_buffer_functions(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_get,
vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_release, void *cb_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer */
/*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_

View file

@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
/*!\defgroup encoder Encoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this encoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all encoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the encoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video encoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum length of the sequence defining frame
* layer membership
*/
#define VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY 16
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Temporal+Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_MAX_LAYERS 12 // 3 temporal + 4 spatial layers are allowed.
/*! Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Spatial Scalability: Default number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_DEFAULT_LAYERS 1
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION \
(14 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Encoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each encoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra
* interfaces or functionality, and are not required to be supported
* by an encoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Can issue PSNR packets */
/*! Can output one partition at a time. Each partition is returned in its
* own VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, with the FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT flag set for
* every partition but the last. In this mode all frames are always
* returned partition by partition.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow
* for proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Calculate PSNR on each frame */
/*!\brief Make the encoder output one partition at a time. */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x40000 /**< Use high bitdepth */
/*!\brief Generic fixed size buffer structure
*
* This structure is able to hold a reference to any fixed size buffer.
*/
typedef struct vpx_fixed_buf {
void *buf; /**< Pointer to the data */
size_t sz; /**< Length of the buffer, in chars */
} vpx_fixed_buf_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_fixed_buf */
/*!\brief Time Stamp Type
*
* An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides
* the absolute time of a sample.
*/
typedef int64_t vpx_codec_pts_t;
/*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags
*
* This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed
* frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits
* can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to
* support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example)
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1 /**< frame is the start of a GOP */
/*!\brief frame can be dropped without affecting the stream (no future frame
* depends on this one) */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2
/*!\brief frame should be decoded but will not be shown */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_INVISIBLE 0x4
/*!\brief this is a fragment of the encoded frame */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT 0x8
/*!\brief Error Resilient flags
*
* These flags define which error resilient features to enable in the
* encoder. The flags are specified through the
* vpx_codec_enc_cfg::g_error_resilient variable.
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_er_flags_t;
/*!\brief Improve resiliency against losses of whole frames */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_DEFAULT 0x1
/*!\brief The frame partitions are independently decodable by the bool decoder,
* meaning that partitions can be decoded even though earlier partitions have
* been lost. Note that intra prediction is still done over the partition
* boundary. */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_PARTITIONS 0x2
/*!\brief Encoder output packet variants
*
* This enumeration lists the different kinds of data packets that can be
* returned by calls to vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). Algorithms \ref MAY
* extend this list to provide additional functionality.
*/
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind {
VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, /**< Compressed video frame */
VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT, /**< Two-pass statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_FPMB_STATS_PKT, /**< first pass mb statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_PSNR_PKT, /**< PSNR statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_CUSTOM_PKT = 256 /**< Algorithm extensions */
};
/*!\brief Encoder output packet
*
* This structure contains the different kinds of output data the encoder
* may produce while compressing a frame.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt {
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind kind; /**< packet variant */
union {
struct {
void *buf; /**< compressed data buffer */
size_t sz; /**< length of compressed data */
/*!\brief time stamp to show frame (in timebase units) */
vpx_codec_pts_t pts;
/*!\brief duration to show frame (in timebase units) */
unsigned long duration;
vpx_codec_frame_flags_t flags; /**< flags for this frame */
/*!\brief the partition id defines the decoding order of the partitions.
* Only applicable when "output partition" mode is enabled. First
* partition has id 0.*/
int partition_id;
/*!\brief Width and height of frames in this packet. VP8 will only use the
* first one.*/
unsigned int width[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame width */
unsigned int height[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame height */
/*!\brief Flag to indicate if spatial layer frame in this packet is
* encoded or dropped. VP8 will always be set to 1.*/
uint8_t spatial_layer_encoded[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
} frame; /**< data for compressed frame packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t twopass_stats; /**< data for two-pass packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t firstpass_mb_stats; /**< first pass mb packet */
struct vpx_psnr_pkt {
unsigned int samples[4]; /**< Number of samples, total/y/u/v */
uint64_t sse[4]; /**< sum squared error, total/y/u/v */
double psnr[4]; /**< PSNR, total/y/u/v */
} psnr; /**< data for PSNR packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t raw; /**< data for arbitrary packets */
/* This packet size is fixed to allow codecs to extend this
* interface without having to manage storage for raw packets,
* i.e., if it's smaller than 128 bytes, you can store in the
* packet list directly.
*/
char pad[128 - sizeof(enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind)]; /**< fixed sz */
} data; /**< packet data */
} vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt */
/*!\brief Encoder return output buffer callback
*
* This callback function, when registered, returns with packets when each
* spatial layer is encoded.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t)(vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *pkt,
void *user_data);
/*!\brief Callback function pointer / user data pair storage */
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_cb_pair {
vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t output_cx_pkt; /**< Callback function */
void *user_priv; /**< Pointer to private data */
} vpx_codec_priv_output_cx_pkt_cb_pair_t;
/*!\brief Rational Number
*
* This structure holds a fractional value.
*/
typedef struct vpx_rational {
int num; /**< fraction numerator */
int den; /**< fraction denominator */
} vpx_rational_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_rational */
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Pass */
enum vpx_enc_pass {
VPX_RC_ONE_PASS, /**< Single pass mode */
VPX_RC_FIRST_PASS, /**< First pass of multi-pass mode */
VPX_RC_LAST_PASS /**< Final pass of multi-pass mode */
};
/*!\brief Rate control mode */
enum vpx_rc_mode {
VPX_VBR, /**< Variable Bit Rate (VBR) mode */
VPX_CBR, /**< Constant Bit Rate (CBR) mode */
VPX_CQ, /**< Constrained Quality (CQ) mode */
VPX_Q, /**< Constant Quality (Q) mode */
};
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode.
*
* This enumeration determines whether keyframes are placed automatically by
* the encoder or whether this behavior is disabled. Older releases of this
* SDK were implemented such that VPX_KF_FIXED meant keyframes were disabled.
* This name is confusing for this behavior, so the new symbols to be used
* are VPX_KF_AUTO and VPX_KF_DISABLED.
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode {
VPX_KF_FIXED, /**< deprecated, implies VPX_KF_DISABLED */
VPX_KF_AUTO, /**< Encoder determines optimal placement automatically */
VPX_KF_DISABLED = 0 /**< Encoder does not place keyframes. */
};
/*!\brief Encoded Frame Flags
*
* This type indicates a bitfield to be passed to vpx_codec_encode(), defining
* per-frame boolean values. By convention, bits common to all codecs will be
* named VPX_EFLAG_*, and bits specific to an algorithm will be named
* /algo/_eflag_*. The lower order 16 bits are reserved for common use.
*/
typedef long vpx_enc_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_EFLAG_FORCE_KF (1 << 0) /**< Force this frame to be a keyframe */
/*!\brief Encoder configuration structure
*
* This structure contains the encoder settings that have common representations
* across all codecs. This doesn't imply that all codecs support all features,
* however.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg {
/*
* generic settings (g)
*/
/*!\brief Deprecated: Algorithm specific "usage" value
*
* This value must be zero.
*/
unsigned int g_usage;
/*!\brief Maximum number of threads to use
*
* For multi-threaded implementations, use no more than this number of
* threads. The codec may use fewer threads than allowed. The value
* 0 is equivalent to the value 1.
*/
unsigned int g_threads;
/*!\brief Bitstream profile to use
*
* Some codecs support a notion of multiple bitstream profiles. Typically
* this maps to a set of features that are turned on or off. Often the
* profile to use is determined by the features of the intended decoder.
* Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the valid values
* for this parameter, or set to zero for a sane default.
*/
unsigned int g_profile; /**< profile of bitstream to use */
/*!\brief Width of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_w;
/*!\brief Height of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_h;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the codec
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the codec,
* Only certain bit-depths are supported as identified in the
* vpx_bit_depth_t enum.
*/
vpx_bit_depth_t g_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the input frames
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the input frames in bits.
* Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must have
* this bit-depth.
*/
unsigned int g_input_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Stream timebase units
*
* Indicates the smallest interval of time, in seconds, used by the stream.
* For fixed frame rate material, or variable frame rate material where
* frames are timed at a multiple of a given clock (ex: video capture),
* the \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to the reciprocal
* of the frame rate (ex: 1001/30000 for 29.970 Hz NTSC). This allows the
* pts to correspond to the frame number, which can be handy. For
* re-encoding video from containers with absolute time timestamps, the
* \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to that of the parent
* container or multimedia framework (ex: 1/1000 for ms, as in FLV).
*/
struct vpx_rational g_timebase;
/*!\brief Enable error resilient modes.
*
* The error resilient bitfield indicates to the encoder which features
* it should enable to take measures for streaming over lossy or noisy
* links.
*/
vpx_codec_er_flags_t g_error_resilient;
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Mode
*
* This value should be set to the current phase for multi-pass encoding.
* For single pass, set to #VPX_RC_ONE_PASS.
*/
enum vpx_enc_pass g_pass;
/*!\brief Allow lagged encoding
*
* If set, this value allows the encoder to consume a number of input
* frames before producing output frames. This allows the encoder to
* base decisions for the current frame on future frames. This does
* increase the latency of the encoding pipeline, so it is not appropriate
* in all situations (ex: realtime encoding).
*
* Note that this is a maximum value -- the encoder may produce frames
* sooner than the given limit. Set this value to 0 to disable this
* feature.
*/
unsigned int g_lag_in_frames;
/*
* rate control settings (rc)
*/
/*!\brief Temporal resampling configuration, if supported by the codec.
*
* Temporal resampling allows the codec to "drop" frames as a strategy to
* meet its target data rate. This can cause temporal discontinuities in
* the encoded video, which may appear as stuttering during playback. This
* trade-off is often acceptable, but for many applications is not. It can
* be disabled in these cases.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, a
* dropped frame is indicated. Set the threshold to zero (0) to disable
* this feature.
*/
unsigned int rc_dropframe_thresh;
/*!\brief Enable/disable spatial resampling, if supported by the codec.
*
* Spatial resampling allows the codec to compress a lower resolution
* version of the frame, which is then upscaled by the encoder to the
* correct presentation resolution. This increases visual quality at
* low data rates, at the expense of CPU time on the encoder/decoder.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_allowed;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame width.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the width of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_width;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame height.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the height of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_height;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling up watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer rises above this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step up to a higher resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_up_thresh;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling down watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step down to a lower resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_down_thresh;
/*!\brief Rate control algorithm to use.
*
* Indicates whether the end usage of this stream is to be streamed over
* a bandwidth constrained link, indicating that Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
* mode should be used, or whether it will be played back on a high
* bandwidth link, as from a local disk, where higher variations in
* bitrate are acceptable.
*/
enum vpx_rc_mode rc_end_usage;
/*!\brief Two-pass stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the stats packets produced in the first
* pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_twopass_stats_in;
/*!\brief first pass mb stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the first pass mb stats packets produced
* in the first pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_firstpass_mb_stats_in;
/*!\brief Target data rate
*
* Target bandwidth to use for this stream, in kilobits per second.
*/
unsigned int rc_target_bitrate;
/*
* quantizer settings
*/
/*!\brief Minimum (Best Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_min_quantizer;
/*!\brief Maximum (Worst Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_max_quantizer;
/*
* bitrate tolerance
*/
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation undershoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be subtracted from the target bitrate in order to compensate
* for prior overshoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* undershoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
* *
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_undershoot_pct;
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation overshoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be added to the target bitrate in order to compensate for
* prior undershoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* overshoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
*
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_overshoot_pct;
/*
* decoder buffer model parameters
*/
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that may be buffered by the
* decoding application. Note that this value is expressed in units of
* time (milliseconds). For example, a value of 5000 indicates that the
* client will buffer (at least) 5000ms worth of encoded data. Use the
* target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if
* necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Initial Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that will be buffered by the
* decoding application prior to beginning playback. This value is
* expressed in units of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate
* (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_initial_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Optimal Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that the encoder should try
* to maintain in the decoder's buffer. This value is expressed in units
* of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate)
* to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_optimal_sz;
/*
* 2 pass rate control parameters
*/
/*!\brief Two-pass mode CBR/VBR bias
*
* Bias, expressed on a scale of 0 to 100, for determining target size
* for the current frame. The value 0 indicates the optimal CBR mode
* value should be used. The value 100 indicates the optimal VBR mode
* value should be used. Values in between indicate which way the
* encoder should "lean."
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_bias_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP minimum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the minimum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_minsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP maximum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the maximum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_maxsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass corpus vbr mode complexity control
* Used only in VP9: A value representing the corpus midpoint complexity
* for corpus vbr mode. This value defaults to 0 which disables corpus vbr
* mode in favour of normal vbr mode.
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_corpus_complexity;
/*
* keyframing settings (kf)
*/
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode
*
* This value indicates whether the encoder should place keyframes at a
* fixed interval, or determine the optimal placement automatically
* (as governed by the #kf_min_dist and #kf_max_dist parameters)
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode kf_mode;
/*!\brief Keyframe minimum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, prevents the encoder from
* placing a keyframe nearer than kf_min_dist to the previous keyframe. At
* least kf_min_dist frames non-keyframes will be coded before the next
* keyframe. Set kf_min_dist equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_min_dist;
/*!\brief Keyframe maximum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, forces the encoder to code
* a keyframe if one has not been coded in the last kf_max_dist frames.
* A value of 0 implies all frames will be keyframes. Set kf_min_dist
* equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_max_dist;
/*
* Spatial scalability settings (ss)
*/
/*!\brief Number of spatial coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of spatial coding layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ss_number_layers;
/*!\brief Enable auto alt reference flags for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify if auto alt reference frame is enabled for each
* spatial layer.
*/
int ss_enable_auto_alt_ref[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial layer.
*/
unsigned int ss_target_bitrate[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Number of temporal coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of temporal layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ts_number_layers;
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_target_bitrate[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Frame rate decimation factor for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the frame rate decimation factors to apply
* to each temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_rate_decimator[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Length of the sequence defining frame temporal layer membership.
*
* This value specifies the length of the sequence that defines the
* membership of frames to temporal layers. For example, if the
* ts_periodicity = 8, then the frames are assigned to coding layers with a
* repeated sequence of length 8.
*/
unsigned int ts_periodicity;
/*!\brief Template defining the membership of frames to temporal layers.
*
* This array defines the membership of frames to temporal coding layers.
* For a 2-layer encoding that assigns even numbered frames to one temporal
* layer (0) and odd numbered frames to a second temporal layer (1) with
* ts_periodicity=8, then ts_layer_id = (0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1).
*/
unsigned int ts_layer_id[VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial/temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial/temporal layer.
*
*/
unsigned int layer_target_bitrate[VPX_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Temporal layering mode indicating which temporal layering scheme to
* use.
*
* The value (refer to VP9E_TEMPORAL_LAYERING_MODE) specifies the
* temporal layering mode to use.
*
*/
int temporal_layering_mode;
} vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg */
/*!\brief vp9 svc extra configure parameters
*
* This defines max/min quantizers and scale factors for each layer
*
*/
typedef struct vpx_svc_parameters {
int max_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Max Q for each layer */
int min_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Min Q for each layer */
int scaling_factor_num[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-numerator */
int scaling_factor_den[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-denominator */
int speed_per_layer[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Speed setting for each sl */
int temporal_layering_mode; /**< Temporal layering mode */
} vpx_svc_extra_cfg_t;
/*!\brief Initialize an encoder instance
*
* Initializes a encoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_enc_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Initialize multi-encoder instance
*
* Initializes multi-encoder context using the given interface.
* Applications should call the vpx_codec_enc_init_multi convenience macro
* instead of this function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number
* parameter is properly initialized.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] num_enc Total number of encoders.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] dsf Pointer to down-sampling factors.
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
int num_enc, vpx_codec_flags_t flags, vpx_rational_t *dsf, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init_multi(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf, \
VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Get a default configuration
*
* Initializes a encoder configuration structure with default values. Supports
* the notion of "usages" so that an algorithm may offer different default
* settings depending on the user's intended goal. This function \ref SHOULD
* be called by all applications to initialize the configuration structure
* before specializing the configuration with application specific values.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[out] cfg Configuration buffer to populate.
* \param[in] usage Must be set to 0.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_default(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
unsigned int usage);
/*!\brief Set or change configuration
*
* Reconfigures an encoder instance according to the given configuration.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cfg Configuration buffer to use
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_set(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg);
/*!\brief Get global stream headers
*
* Retrieves a stream level global header packet, if supported by the codec.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval NULL
* Encoder does not support global header
* \retval Non-NULL
* Pointer to buffer containing global header packet
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t *vpx_codec_get_global_headers(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx REALTIME mode. */
#define VPX_DL_REALTIME (1)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx GOOD QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY (1000000)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx BEST QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY (0)
/*!\brief Encode a frame
*
* Encodes a video frame at the given "presentation time." The presentation
* time stamp (PTS) \ref MUST be strictly increasing.
*
* The encoder supports the notion of a soft real-time deadline. Given a
* non-zero value to the deadline parameter, the encoder will make a "best
* effort" guarantee to return before the given time slice expires. It is
* implicit that limiting the available time to encode will degrade the
* output quality. The encoder can be given an unlimited time to produce the
* best possible frame by specifying a deadline of '0'. This deadline
* supersedes the VPx notion of "best quality, good quality, realtime".
* Applications that wish to map these former settings to the new deadline
* based system can use the symbols #VPX_DL_REALTIME, #VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY,
* and #VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY.
*
* When the last frame has been passed to the encoder, this function should
* continue to be called, with the img parameter set to NULL. This will
* signal the end-of-stream condition to the encoder and allow it to encode
* any held buffers. Encoding is complete when vpx_codec_encode() is called
* and vpx_codec_get_cx_data() returns no data.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] img Image data to encode, NULL to flush.
* \param[in] pts Presentation time stamp, in timebase units.
* \param[in] duration Duration to show frame, in timebase units.
* \param[in] flags Flags to use for encoding this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Time to spend encoding, in microseconds. (0=infinite)
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_encode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const vpx_image_t *img,
vpx_codec_pts_t pts, unsigned long duration,
vpx_enc_frame_flags_t flags,
unsigned long deadline);
/*!\brief Set compressed data output buffer
*
* Sets the buffer that the codec should output the compressed data
* into. This call effectively sets the buffer pointer returned in the
* next VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packet. Subsequent packets will be
* appended into this buffer. The buffer is preserved across frames,
* so applications must periodically call this function after flushing
* the accumulated compressed data to disk or to the network to reset
* the pointer to the buffer's head.
*
* `pad_before` bytes will be skipped before writing the compressed
* data, and `pad_after` bytes will be appended to the packet. The size
* of the packet will be the sum of the size of the actual compressed
* data, pad_before, and pad_after. The padding bytes will be preserved
* (not overwritten).
*
* Note that calling this function does not guarantee that the returned
* compressed data will be placed into the specified buffer. In the
* event that the encoded data will not fit into the buffer provided,
* the returned packet \ref MAY point to an internal buffer, as it would
* if this call were never used. In this event, the output packet will
* NOT have any padding, and the application must free space and copy it
* to the proper place. This is of particular note in configurations
* that may output multiple packets for a single encoded frame (e.g., lagged
* encoding) or if the application does not reset the buffer periodically.
*
* Applications may restore the default behavior of the codec providing
* the compressed data buffer by calling this function with a NULL
* buffer.
*
* Applications \ref MUSTNOT call this function during iteration of
* vpx_codec_get_cx_data().
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] buf Buffer to store compressed data into
* \param[in] pad_before Bytes to skip before writing compressed data
* \param[in] pad_after Bytes to skip after writing compressed data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The buffer was set successfully.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_cx_data_buf(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_fixed_buf_t *buf,
unsigned int pad_before,
unsigned int pad_after);
/*!\brief Encoded data iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of data packets to be passed from the encoder to the
* application. The different kinds of packets available are enumerated in
* #vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind.
*
* #VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packets should be passed to the application's
* muxer. Multiple compressed frames may be in the list.
* #VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT packets should be appended to a global buffer.
*
* The application \ref MUST silently ignore any packet kinds that it does
* not recognize or support.
*
* The data buffers returned from this function are only guaranteed to be
* valid until the application makes another call to any vpx_codec_* function.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an output data packet (compressed frame data,
* two-pass statistics, etc.) or NULL to signal end-of-list.
*
*/
const vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *vpx_codec_get_cx_data(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\brief Get Preview Frame
*
* Returns an image that can be used as a preview. Shows the image as it would
* exist at the decompressor. The application \ref MUST NOT write into this
* image buffer.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \return Returns a pointer to a preview image, or NULL if no image is
* available.
*
*/
const vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_preview_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!@} - end defgroup encoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_

View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder external frame buffer interface.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief The maximum number of work buffers used by libvpx.
* Support maximum 4 threads to decode video in parallel.
* Each thread will use one work buffer.
* TODO(hkuang): Add support to set number of worker threads dynamically.
*/
#define VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief The maximum number of reference buffers that a VP9 encoder may use.
*/
#define VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief External frame buffer
*
* This structure holds allocated frame buffers used by the decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_frame_buffer {
uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to the data buffer */
size_t size; /**< Size of data in bytes */
void *priv; /**< Frame's private data */
} vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t;
/*!\brief get frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to retrieve data for the frame
* buffer in order for the decode call to complete. The callback must
* allocate at least min_size in bytes and assign it to fb->data. The callback
* must zero out all the data allocated. Then the callback must set fb->size
* to the allocated size. The application does not need to align the allocated
* data. The callback is triggered when the decoder needs a frame buffer to
* decode a compressed image into. This function may be called more than once
* for every call to vpx_codec_decode. The application may set fb->priv to
* some data which will be passed back in the ximage and the release function
* call. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On success the callback must
* return 0. Any failure the callback must return a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] min_size Size in bytes needed by the buffer
* \param[in,out] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv, size_t min_size,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
/*!\brief release frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder when the frame buffer is not
* referenced by any other buffers. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On
* success the callback must return 0. Any failure the callback must return
* a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_

View file

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the vpx image descriptor and associated operations
*
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (5) /**<\hideinitializer*/
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U in memory. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA 0x400 /**< Image has an alpha channel. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x800 /**< Image uses 16bit framebuffer. */
/*!\brief List of supported image formats */
typedef enum vpx_img_fmt {
VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE,
VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 =
VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */
VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 7,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42216 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44416 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH
} vpx_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_img_fmt */
/*!\brief List of supported color spaces */
typedef enum vpx_color_space {
VPX_CS_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown */
VPX_CS_BT_601 = 1, /**< BT.601 */
VPX_CS_BT_709 = 2, /**< BT.709 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_170 = 3, /**< SMPTE.170 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_240 = 4, /**< SMPTE.240 */
VPX_CS_BT_2020 = 5, /**< BT.2020 */
VPX_CS_RESERVED = 6, /**< Reserved */
VPX_CS_SRGB = 7 /**< sRGB */
} vpx_color_space_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_space */
/*!\brief List of supported color range */
typedef enum vpx_color_range {
VPX_CR_STUDIO_RANGE = 0, /**< Y [16..235], UV [16..240] */
VPX_CR_FULL_RANGE = 1 /**< YUV/RGB [0..255] */
} vpx_color_range_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_range */
/**\brief Image Descriptor */
typedef struct vpx_image {
vpx_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */
vpx_color_space_t cs; /**< Color Space */
vpx_color_range_t range; /**< Color Range */
/* Image storage dimensions */
unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */
unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */
unsigned int bit_depth; /**< Stored image bit-depth */
/* Image display dimensions */
unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */
unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */
/* Image intended rendering dimensions */
unsigned int r_w; /**< Intended rendering image width */
unsigned int r_h; /**< Intended rendering image height */
/* Chroma subsampling info */
unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */
unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */
/* Image data pointers. */
#define VPX_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */
#define VPX_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_ALPHA 3 /**< A (Transparency) plane */
unsigned char *planes[4]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */
int stride[4]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */
int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */
/*!\brief The following member may be set by the application to associate
* data with this image.
*/
void *user_priv;
/* The following members should be treated as private. */
unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */
int img_data_owner; /**< private */
int self_allocd; /**< private */
void *fb_priv; /**< Frame buffer data associated with the image. */
} vpx_image_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image */
/**\brief Representation of a rectangle on a surface */
typedef struct vpx_image_rect {
unsigned int x; /**< leftmost column */
unsigned int y; /**< topmost row */
unsigned int w; /**< width */
unsigned int h; /**< height */
} vpx_image_rect_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image_rect */
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for the descriptor is allocated on the heap.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and
* each row in the image(stride).
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_alloc(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt,
unsigned int d_w, unsigned int d_h,
unsigned int align);
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for descriptor has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is
* desired to "wrap" that storage.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this
* parameter is NULL, the storage for the descriptor
* will be allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] stride_align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image.
* \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_wrap(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, unsigned int d_w,
unsigned int d_h, unsigned int stride_align,
unsigned char *img_data);
/*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image
*
* Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to
* match the specified coordinates and size.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] x leftmost column
* \param[in] y topmost row
* \param[in] w width
* \param[in] h height
*
* \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero otherwise.
*/
int vpx_img_set_rect(vpx_image_t *img, unsigned int x, unsigned int y,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom)
*
* Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image
* be referenced upside-down.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_flip(vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Close an image descriptor
*
* Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_free(vpx_image_t *img);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_

View file

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#define VPX_INLINE __inline
#else
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
// TODO(jbb): Allow a way to force inline off for older compilers.
#define VPX_INLINE inline
#endif
/* Assume platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#endif
#endif // __cplusplus
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_

View file

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
# pkg-config file from libvpx v1.8.0
prefix=/Users/andy/go/src/github.com/webmproject/jni/vpx-android/output/android/armeabi-v7a
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: vpx
Description: WebM Project VPx codec implementation
Version: 1.8.0
Requires:
Conflicts:
Libs: -L${libdir} -lvpx -lm
Libs.private: -lm
Cflags: -I${includedir}

View file

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h" // LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN()
namespace libwebm {
// Returns a temporary file name.
std::string GetTempFileName();
// Returns size of file specified by |file_name|, or 0 upon failure.
uint64_t GetFileSize(const std::string& file_name);
// Gets the contents file_name as a string. Returns false on error.
bool GetFileContents(const std::string& file_name, std::string* contents);
// Manages life of temporary file specified at time of construction. Deletes
// file upon destruction.
class TempFileDeleter {
public:
TempFileDeleter();
explicit TempFileDeleter(std::string file_name) : file_name_(file_name) {}
~TempFileDeleter();
const std::string& name() const { return file_name_; }
private:
std::string file_name_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TempFileDeleter);
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <memory>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
namespace mkvparser {
struct Colour;
struct MasteringMetadata;
struct PrimaryChromaticity;
} // namespace mkvparser
namespace libwebm {
// Utility types and functions for working with the Colour element and its
// children. Copiers return true upon success. Presence functions return true
// when the specified element is present.
// TODO(tomfinegan): These should be moved to libwebm_utils once c++11 is
// required by libwebm.
// Features of the VP9 codec that may be set in the CodecPrivate of a VP9 video
// stream. A value of kValueNotPresent represents that the value was not set in
// the CodecPrivate.
struct Vp9CodecFeatures {
static const int kValueNotPresent;
Vp9CodecFeatures()
: profile(kValueNotPresent),
level(kValueNotPresent),
bit_depth(kValueNotPresent),
chroma_subsampling(kValueNotPresent) {}
~Vp9CodecFeatures() {}
int profile;
int level;
int bit_depth;
int chroma_subsampling;
};
typedef std::unique_ptr<mkvmuxer::PrimaryChromaticity> PrimaryChromaticityPtr;
bool CopyPrimaryChromaticity(const mkvparser::PrimaryChromaticity& parser_pc,
PrimaryChromaticityPtr* muxer_pc);
bool MasteringMetadataValuePresent(double value);
bool CopyMasteringMetadata(const mkvparser::MasteringMetadata& parser_mm,
mkvmuxer::MasteringMetadata* muxer_mm);
bool ColourValuePresent(long long value);
bool CopyColour(const mkvparser::Colour& parser_colour,
mkvmuxer::Colour* muxer_colour);
// Returns true if |features| is set to one or more valid values.
bool ParseVpxCodecPrivate(const uint8_t* private_data, int32_t length,
Vp9CodecFeatures* features);
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
#define COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
namespace libwebm {
enum MkvId {
kMkvEBML = 0x1A45DFA3,
kMkvEBMLVersion = 0x4286,
kMkvEBMLReadVersion = 0x42F7,
kMkvEBMLMaxIDLength = 0x42F2,
kMkvEBMLMaxSizeLength = 0x42F3,
kMkvDocType = 0x4282,
kMkvDocTypeVersion = 0x4287,
kMkvDocTypeReadVersion = 0x4285,
kMkvVoid = 0xEC,
kMkvSignatureSlot = 0x1B538667,
kMkvSignatureAlgo = 0x7E8A,
kMkvSignatureHash = 0x7E9A,
kMkvSignaturePublicKey = 0x7EA5,
kMkvSignature = 0x7EB5,
kMkvSignatureElements = 0x7E5B,
kMkvSignatureElementList = 0x7E7B,
kMkvSignedElement = 0x6532,
// segment
kMkvSegment = 0x18538067,
// Meta Seek Information
kMkvSeekHead = 0x114D9B74,
kMkvSeek = 0x4DBB,
kMkvSeekID = 0x53AB,
kMkvSeekPosition = 0x53AC,
// Segment Information
kMkvInfo = 0x1549A966,
kMkvTimecodeScale = 0x2AD7B1,
kMkvDuration = 0x4489,
kMkvDateUTC = 0x4461,
kMkvTitle = 0x7BA9,
kMkvMuxingApp = 0x4D80,
kMkvWritingApp = 0x5741,
// Cluster
kMkvCluster = 0x1F43B675,
kMkvTimecode = 0xE7,
kMkvPrevSize = 0xAB,
kMkvBlockGroup = 0xA0,
kMkvBlock = 0xA1,
kMkvBlockDuration = 0x9B,
kMkvReferenceBlock = 0xFB,
kMkvLaceNumber = 0xCC,
kMkvSimpleBlock = 0xA3,
kMkvBlockAdditions = 0x75A1,
kMkvBlockMore = 0xA6,
kMkvBlockAddID = 0xEE,
kMkvBlockAdditional = 0xA5,
kMkvDiscardPadding = 0x75A2,
// Track
kMkvTracks = 0x1654AE6B,
kMkvTrackEntry = 0xAE,
kMkvTrackNumber = 0xD7,
kMkvTrackUID = 0x73C5,
kMkvTrackType = 0x83,
kMkvFlagEnabled = 0xB9,
kMkvFlagDefault = 0x88,
kMkvFlagForced = 0x55AA,
kMkvFlagLacing = 0x9C,
kMkvDefaultDuration = 0x23E383,
kMkvMaxBlockAdditionID = 0x55EE,
kMkvName = 0x536E,
kMkvLanguage = 0x22B59C,
kMkvCodecID = 0x86,
kMkvCodecPrivate = 0x63A2,
kMkvCodecName = 0x258688,
kMkvCodecDelay = 0x56AA,
kMkvSeekPreRoll = 0x56BB,
// video
kMkvVideo = 0xE0,
kMkvFlagInterlaced = 0x9A,
kMkvStereoMode = 0x53B8,
kMkvAlphaMode = 0x53C0,
kMkvPixelWidth = 0xB0,
kMkvPixelHeight = 0xBA,
kMkvPixelCropBottom = 0x54AA,
kMkvPixelCropTop = 0x54BB,
kMkvPixelCropLeft = 0x54CC,
kMkvPixelCropRight = 0x54DD,
kMkvDisplayWidth = 0x54B0,
kMkvDisplayHeight = 0x54BA,
kMkvDisplayUnit = 0x54B2,
kMkvAspectRatioType = 0x54B3,
kMkvColourSpace = 0x2EB524,
kMkvFrameRate = 0x2383E3,
// end video
// colour
kMkvColour = 0x55B0,
kMkvMatrixCoefficients = 0x55B1,
kMkvBitsPerChannel = 0x55B2,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B3,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingVert = 0x55B4,
kMkvCbSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B5,
kMkvCbSubsamplingVert = 0x55B6,
kMkvChromaSitingHorz = 0x55B7,
kMkvChromaSitingVert = 0x55B8,
kMkvRange = 0x55B9,
kMkvTransferCharacteristics = 0x55BA,
kMkvPrimaries = 0x55BB,
kMkvMaxCLL = 0x55BC,
kMkvMaxFALL = 0x55BD,
// mastering metadata
kMkvMasteringMetadata = 0x55D0,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityX = 0x55D1,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityY = 0x55D2,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityX = 0x55D3,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityY = 0x55D4,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityX = 0x55D5,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityY = 0x55D6,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityX = 0x55D7,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityY = 0x55D8,
kMkvLuminanceMax = 0x55D9,
kMkvLuminanceMin = 0x55DA,
// end mastering metadata
// end colour
// projection
kMkvProjection = 0x7670,
kMkvProjectionType = 0x7671,
kMkvProjectionPrivate = 0x7672,
kMkvProjectionPoseYaw = 0x7673,
kMkvProjectionPosePitch = 0x7674,
kMkvProjectionPoseRoll = 0x7675,
// end projection
// audio
kMkvAudio = 0xE1,
kMkvSamplingFrequency = 0xB5,
kMkvOutputSamplingFrequency = 0x78B5,
kMkvChannels = 0x9F,
kMkvBitDepth = 0x6264,
// end audio
// ContentEncodings
kMkvContentEncodings = 0x6D80,
kMkvContentEncoding = 0x6240,
kMkvContentEncodingOrder = 0x5031,
kMkvContentEncodingScope = 0x5032,
kMkvContentEncodingType = 0x5033,
kMkvContentCompression = 0x5034,
kMkvContentCompAlgo = 0x4254,
kMkvContentCompSettings = 0x4255,
kMkvContentEncryption = 0x5035,
kMkvContentEncAlgo = 0x47E1,
kMkvContentEncKeyID = 0x47E2,
kMkvContentSignature = 0x47E3,
kMkvContentSigKeyID = 0x47E4,
kMkvContentSigAlgo = 0x47E5,
kMkvContentSigHashAlgo = 0x47E6,
kMkvContentEncAESSettings = 0x47E7,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherMode = 0x47E8,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherInitData = 0x47E9,
// end ContentEncodings
// Cueing Data
kMkvCues = 0x1C53BB6B,
kMkvCuePoint = 0xBB,
kMkvCueTime = 0xB3,
kMkvCueTrackPositions = 0xB7,
kMkvCueTrack = 0xF7,
kMkvCueClusterPosition = 0xF1,
kMkvCueBlockNumber = 0x5378,
// Chapters
kMkvChapters = 0x1043A770,
kMkvEditionEntry = 0x45B9,
kMkvChapterAtom = 0xB6,
kMkvChapterUID = 0x73C4,
kMkvChapterStringUID = 0x5654,
kMkvChapterTimeStart = 0x91,
kMkvChapterTimeEnd = 0x92,
kMkvChapterDisplay = 0x80,
kMkvChapString = 0x85,
kMkvChapLanguage = 0x437C,
kMkvChapCountry = 0x437E,
// Tags
kMkvTags = 0x1254C367,
kMkvTag = 0x7373,
kMkvSimpleTag = 0x67C8,
kMkvTagName = 0x45A3,
kMkvTagString = 0x4487
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
namespace mkvmuxer {
typedef unsigned char uint8;
typedef short int16;
typedef int int32;
typedef unsigned int uint32;
typedef long long int64;
typedef unsigned long long uint64;
} // namespace mkvmuxer
// Copied from Chromium basictypes.h
// A macro to disallow the copy constructor and operator= functions
// This should be used in the private: declarations for a class
#define LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TypeName) \
TypeName(const TypeName&); \
void operator=(const TypeName&)
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_HPP_

View file

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#include "mkvmuxertypes.h"
#include "stdint.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
class Cluster;
class Frame;
class IMkvWriter;
// TODO(tomfinegan): mkvmuxer:: integer types continue to be used here because
// changing them causes pain for downstream projects. It would be nice if a
// solution that allows removal of the mkvmuxer:: integer types while avoiding
// pain for downstream users of libwebm. Considering that mkvmuxerutil.{cc,h}
// are really, for the great majority of cases, EBML size calculation and writer
// functions, perhaps a more EBML focused utility would be the way to go as a
// first step.
const uint64 kEbmlUnknownValue = 0x01FFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL;
const int64 kMaxBlockTimecode = 0x07FFFLL;
// Writes out |value| in Big Endian order. Returns 0 on success.
int32 SerializeInt(IMkvWriter* writer, int64 value, int32 size);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element.
int32 GetUIntSize(uint64 value);
int32 GetIntSize(int64 value);
int32 GetCodedUIntSize(uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlMasterElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, int64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, float value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const char* value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const uint8* value, uint64 size);
uint64 EbmlDateElementSize(uint64 type);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element assuming that the element was
// written using |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero, then it
// computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|.
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value, uint64 fixed_size);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |value|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUInt(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |size|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUIntSize(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, int32 size);
// Output an Mkv master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlMasterElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, uint64 size);
// Outputs an Mkv ID, calls |IMkvWriter::ElementStartNotify|, and passes the
// ID to |SerializeInt|. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteID(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type);
// Output an Mkv non-master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, float value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const char* value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const uint8* value,
uint64 size);
bool WriteEbmlDateElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
// Output an Mkv non-master element using fixed size. The element will be
// written out using exactly |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero
// then it computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|. Returns true
// if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value,
uint64 fixed_size);
// Output a Mkv Frame. It decides the correct element to write (Block vs
// SimpleBlock) based on the parameters of the Frame.
uint64 WriteFrame(IMkvWriter* writer, const Frame* const frame,
Cluster* cluster);
// Output a void element. |size| must be the entire size in bytes that will be
// void. The function will calculate the size of the void header and subtract
// it from |size|.
uint64 WriteVoidElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 size);
// Returns the version number of the muxer in |major|, |minor|, |build|,
// and |revision|.
void GetVersion(int32* major, int32* minor, int32* build, int32* revision);
// Returns a random number to be used for UID, using |seed| to seed
// the random-number generator (see POSIX rand_r() for semantics).
uint64 MakeUID(unsigned int* seed);
// Colour field validation helpers. All return true when |value| is valid.
bool IsMatrixCoefficientsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingHorzValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingVertValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsColourRangeValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsTransferCharacteristicsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsPrimariesValueValid(uint64_t value);
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
// Default implementation of the IMkvWriter interface on Windows.
class MkvWriter : public IMkvWriter {
public:
MkvWriter();
explicit MkvWriter(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvWriter();
// IMkvWriter interface
virtual int64 Position() const;
virtual int32 Position(int64 position);
virtual bool Seekable() const;
virtual int32 Write(const void* buffer, uint32 length);
virtual void ElementStartNotify(uint64 element_id, int64 position);
// Creates and opens a file for writing. |filename| is the name of the file
// to open. This function will overwrite the contents of |filename|. Returns
// true on success.
bool Open(const char* filename);
// Closes an opened file.
void Close();
private:
// File handle to output file.
FILE* file_;
bool writer_owns_file_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(MkvWriter);
};
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#define MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#include <cstdio>
#include "mkvparser/mkvparser.h"
namespace mkvparser {
class MkvReader : public IMkvReader {
public:
MkvReader();
explicit MkvReader(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvReader();
int Open(const char*);
void Close();
virtual int Read(long long position, long length, unsigned char* buffer);
virtual int Length(long long* total, long long* available);
private:
MkvReader(const MkvReader&);
MkvReader& operator=(const MkvReader&);
// Determines the size of the file. This is called either by the constructor
// or by the Open function depending on file ownership. Returns true on
// success.
bool GetFileSize();
long long m_length;
FILE* m_file;
bool reader_owns_file_;
};
} // namespace mkvparser
#endif // MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_

View file

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8 VP8
* \ingroup codecs
* VP8 is a video compression algorithm that uses motion
* compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the
* prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques
* based on arithmetic principles. It features:
* - YUV 4:2:0 image format
* - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma)
* - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction
* - 4x4 DCT transform
* - 128 level linear quantizer
* - In loop deblocking filter
* - Context-based entropy coding
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides controls common to both the VP8 encoder and decoder.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Control functions
*
* The set of macros define the control functions of VP8 interface
*/
enum vp8_com_control_id {
/*!\brief pass in an external frame into decoder to be used as reference frame
*/
VP8_SET_REFERENCE = 1,
VP8_COPY_REFERENCE = 2, /**< get a copy of reference frame from the decoder */
VP8_SET_POSTPROC = 3, /**< set the decoder's post processing settings */
/* TODO(jkoleszar): The encoder incorrectly reuses some of these values (5+)
* for its control ids. These should be migrated to something like the
* VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START range next time we're ready to break the ABI.
*/
VP9_GET_REFERENCE = 128, /**< get a pointer to a reference frame */
VP8_COMMON_CTRL_ID_MAX,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* The set of macros define VP8 decoder post processing flags
*/
enum vp8_postproc_level {
VP8_NOFILTERING = 0,
VP8_DEBLOCK = 1 << 0,
VP8_DEMACROBLOCK = 1 << 1,
VP8_ADDNOISE = 1 << 2,
VP8_MFQE = 1 << 3
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* This define a structure that describe the post processing settings. For
* the best objective measure (using the PSNR metric) set post_proc_flag
* to VP8_DEBLOCK and deblocking_level to 1.
*/
typedef struct vp8_postproc_cfg {
/*!\brief the types of post processing to be done, should be combination of
* "vp8_postproc_level" */
int post_proc_flag;
int deblocking_level; /**< the strength of deblocking, valid range [0, 16] */
int noise_level; /**< the strength of additive noise, valid range [0, 16] */
} vp8_postproc_cfg_t;
/*!\brief reference frame type
*
* The set of macros define the type of VP8 reference frames
*/
typedef enum vpx_ref_frame_type {
VP8_LAST_FRAME = 1,
VP8_GOLD_FRAME = 2,
VP8_ALTR_FRAME = 4
} vpx_ref_frame_type_t;
/*!\brief reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp8 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vpx_ref_frame {
vpx_ref_frame_type_t frame_type; /**< which reference frame */
vpx_image_t img; /**< reference frame data in image format */
} vpx_ref_frame_t;
/*!\brief VP9 specific reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp9 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vp9_ref_frame {
int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */
vpx_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */
} vp9_ref_frame_t;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief vp8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* defines the data type for each of VP8 decoder control function requires
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_COPY_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_COPY_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_POSTPROC, vp8_postproc_cfg_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_POSTPROC
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_GET_REFERENCE, vp9_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_GET_REFERENCE
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8_decoder WebM VP8/VP9 Decoder
* \ingroup vp8
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides definitions for using VP8 or VP9 within the vpx Decoder
* interface.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */
#include "./vp8.h"
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP8 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP9
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP9 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\enum vp8_dec_control_id
* \brief VP8 decoder control functions
*
* This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8
* decoder interface.
*
* \sa #vpx_codec_control
*/
enum vp8_dec_control_id {
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were updated
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START,
/** check if the indicated frame is corrupted */
VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED,
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were used
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED,
/** decryption function to decrypt encoded buffer data immediately
* before decoding. Takes a vpx_decrypt_init, which contains
* a callback function and opaque context pointer.
*/
VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR = VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
/** control function to get the dimensions that the current frame is decoded
* at. This may be different to the intended display size for the frame as
* specified in the wrapper or frame header (see VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE,
/** control function to get the current frame's intended display dimensions
* (as specified in the wrapper or frame header). This may be different to
* the decoded dimensions of this frame (see VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE,
/** control function to get the bit depth of the stream. */
VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH,
/** control function to set the byte alignment of the planes in the reference
* buffers. Valid values are power of 2, from 32 to 1024. A value of 0 sets
* legacy alignment. I.e. Y plane is aligned to 32 bytes, U plane directly
* follows Y plane, and V plane directly follows U plane. Default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_BYTE_ALIGNMENT,
/** control function to invert the decoding order to from right to left. The
* function is used in a test to confirm the decoding independence of tile
* columns. The function may be used in application where this order
* of decoding is desired.
*
* TODO(yaowu): Rework the unit test that uses this control, and in a future
* release, this test-only control shall be removed.
*/
VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER,
/** control function to set the skip loop filter flag. Valid values are
* integers. The decoder will skip the loop filter when its value is set to
* nonzero. If the loop filter is skipped the decoder may accumulate decode
* artifacts. The default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER,
/** control function to decode SVC stream up to the x spatial layers,
* where x is passed in through the control, and is 0 for base layer.
*/
VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get last decoded frame quantizer.
*
* Return value uses internal quantizer scale defined by the codec.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP8, VP9
*/
VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set row level multi-threading.
*
* 0 : off, 1 : on
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_ROW_MT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set loopfilter optimization.
*
* 0 : off, Loop filter is done after all tiles have been decoded
* 1 : on, Loop filter is done immediately after decode without
* waiting for all threads to sync.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_MAX
};
/** Decrypt n bytes of data from input -> output, using the decrypt_state
* passed in VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_decrypt_cb)(void *decrypt_state, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output, int count);
/*!\brief Structure to hold decryption state
*
* Defines a structure to hold the decryption state and access function.
*/
typedef struct vpx_decrypt_init {
/*! Decrypt callback. */
vpx_decrypt_cb decrypt_cb;
/*! Decryption state. */
void *decrypt_state;
} vpx_decrypt_init;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief VP8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* Defines the data types that VP8D control functions take. Note that
* additional common controls are defined in vp8.h
*
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, unsigned int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SET_ROW_MT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_ROW_MT, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT, int)
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_decoder */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_

View file

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface
* This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video
* formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface
* common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders).
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video codec algorithm.
*
* An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using
* vpx_codec_init() and a pointer to the algorithm's interface structure:
* <pre>
* my_app.c:
* extern vpx_codec_iface_t my_codec;
* {
* vpx_codec_ctx_t algo;
* res = vpx_codec_init(&algo, &my_codec);
* }
* </pre>
*
* Once initialized, the instance is manged using other functions from
* the vpx_codec_* family.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */
#ifndef VPX_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#else
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DEPRECATED */
#ifndef VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
/*!\brief \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
#else
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */
#ifndef VPX_UNUSED
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define VPX_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
#define VPX_UNUSED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_UNUSED */
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (4 + VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief Algorithm return codes */
typedef enum {
/*!\brief Operation completed without error */
VPX_CODEC_OK,
/*!\brief Unspecified error */
VPX_CODEC_ERROR,
/*!\brief Memory operation failed */
VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR,
/*!\brief ABI version mismatch */
VPX_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH,
/*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */
VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE,
/*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported.
*
* The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder
* is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the
* stream. */
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM,
/*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature
*
* The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This
* return code should only be used for features that prevent future
* pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as
* fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP.
*/
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE,
/*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete
*
* There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code
* should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from
* being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the
* stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding
* is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present.
*/
VPX_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME,
/*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM,
/*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_LIST_END
} vpx_codec_err_t;
/*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield
*
* Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_caps_t;
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */
/*! Can support images at greater than 8 bitdepth.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x4
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_flags_t;
/*!\brief Codec interface structure.
*
* Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec
* implementation. This structure is opaque to the application.
*/
typedef const struct vpx_codec_iface vpx_codec_iface_t;
/*!\brief Codec private data structure.
*
* Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque
* to the application.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_priv vpx_codec_priv_t;
/*!\brief Iterator
*
* Opaque storage used for iterating over lists.
*/
typedef const void *vpx_codec_iter_t;
/*!\brief Codec context structure
*
* All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general,
* this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and
* not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications
* may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the
* algorithm.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_ctx {
const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */
vpx_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */
const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */
vpx_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */
union {
/**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg *dec;
/**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg *enc;
const void *raw;
} config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */
vpx_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */
} vpx_codec_ctx_t;
/*!\brief Bit depth for codec
* *
* This enumeration determines the bit depth of the codec.
*/
typedef enum vpx_bit_depth {
VPX_BITS_8 = 8, /**< 8 bits */
VPX_BITS_10 = 10, /**< 10 bits */
VPX_BITS_12 = 12, /**< 12 bits */
} vpx_bit_depth_t;
/*
* Library Version Number Interface
*
* For example, see the following sample return values:
* vpx_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3)
* vpx_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
* vpx_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
*/
/*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer)
*
* Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only
* include
* the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this encoded
* value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding may
* change
* in the future.
*
*/
int vpx_codec_version(void);
#define VPX_VERSION_MAJOR(v) \
((v >> 16) & 0xff) /**< extract major from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_MINOR(v) \
((v >> 8) & 0xff) /**< extract minor from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_PATCH(v) \
((v >> 0) & 0xff) /**< extract patch from packed version */
/*!\brief Return the version major number */
#define vpx_codec_version_major() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 16) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version minor number */
#define vpx_codec_version_minor() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 8) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version patch number */
#define vpx_codec_version_patch() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 0) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This
* may
* contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to
* indicate
* release candidates, prerelease versions, etc.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string
* returned
* by vpx_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_extra_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the build configuration
*
* Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build
* configuration. This may be useful to vpx support.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_build_config(void);
/*!\brief Return the name for a given interface
*
* Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Interface pointer
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_iface_name(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Convert error number to printable string
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] err Error number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_err_to_string(vpx_codec_err_t err);
/*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about
* the last error.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
* \retval NULL
* No detailed information is available.
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error_detail(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs.
*/
/*!\brief Destroy a codec instance
*
* Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The codec algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_destroy(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm.
*
* Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
*
*/
vpx_codec_caps_t vpx_codec_get_caps(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Control algorithm
*
* This function is used to exchange algorithm specific data with the codec
* instance. This can be used to implement features specific to a particular
* algorithm.
*
* This wrapper function dispatches the request to the helper function
* associated with the given ctrl_id. It tries to call this function
* transparently, but will return #VPX_CODEC_ERROR if the request could not
* be dispatched.
*
* Note that this function should not be used directly. Call the
* #vpx_codec_control wrapper macro instead.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The control request was processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* The control request was not processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* The data was not valid.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, ...);
#if defined(VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS) && VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) vpx_codec_control_(ctx, id, data)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id, typ)
#else
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control wrapper macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_().
*
* \internal
* It works by dispatching the call to the control function through a wrapper
* function named with the id parameter.
*/
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) \
vpx_codec_control_##id(ctx, id, data) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It defines the type of the argument for a given
* control identifier.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with
* the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper to the type-unsafe internal
* function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control deprecated type definition macro
*
* Like #VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE, but indicates that the specified control is
* deprecated and should not be used. Consult the documentation for your
* codec for more information.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a
* wrapper to the type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) \
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) VPX_DEPRECATED VPX_UNUSED; \
\
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control void type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It indicates that a given control identifier takes
* no argument.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function without a data argument as a wrapper to the
* type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
#endif
/*!@} - end defgroup codec*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_

View file

@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all decoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video decoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_frame_buffer.h"
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION \
(3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE 0x10000 /**< Will issue put_slice callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME 0x20000 /**< Will issue put_frame callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_POSTPROC 0x40000 /**< Can postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Can conceal errors due to packet loss */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x80000
/*!\brief Can receive encoded frames one fragment at a time */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x100000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
/*!\brief Can support frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADING 0x200000
/*!brief Can support external frame buffers */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER 0x400000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_POSTPROC 0x10000 /**< Postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Conceal errors in decoded frames */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x20000
/*!\brief The input frame should be passed to the decoder one fragment at a
* time */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x40000
/*!\brief Enable frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_FRAME_THREADING 0x80000
/*!\brief Stream properties
*
* This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded
* stream. Algorithms may extend this structure with data specific
* to their bitstream by setting the sz member appropriately.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_stream_info {
unsigned int sz; /**< Size of this structure */
unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */
} vpx_codec_stream_info_t;
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders.
*/
/*!\brief Initialization Configurations
*
* This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the
* decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg {
unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */
unsigned int w; /**< Width */
unsigned int h; /**< Height */
} vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg */
/*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance
*
* Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_dec_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer
*
* Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder
* context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is
* of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
* \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_peek_stream_info(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Return information about the current stream.
*
* Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_stream_info(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Decode data
*
* Processes a buffer of coded data. If the processing results in a new
* decoded frame becoming available, PUT_SLICE and PUT_FRAME events may be
* generated, as appropriate. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS (decode
* time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS (presentation
* time stamp) order.
* If the decoder is configured with VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS enabled,
* data and data_sz can contain a fragment of the encoded frame. Fragment
* \#n must contain at least partition \#n, but can also contain subsequent
* partitions (\#n+1 - \#n+i), and if so, fragments \#n+1, .., \#n+i must
* be empty. When no more data is available, this function should be called
* with NULL as data and 0 as data_sz. The memory passed to this function
* must be available until the frame has been decoded.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data. If
* NULL, a VPX_CODEC_CB_PUT_FRAME event is posted
* for the previously decoded frame.
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes.
* \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with
* this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Soft deadline the decoder should attempt to meet,
* in us. Set to zero for unlimited.
*
* \return Returns #VPX_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely
* and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise,
* see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::vpx_codec_err_t
* for recoverability capabilities.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_decode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz, void *user_priv,
long deadline);
/*!\brief Decoded frames iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator
* storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is
* complete when this function returns NULL.
*
* The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the
* vpx_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to
* vpx_codec_decode.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames
* produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\defgroup cap_put_frame Frame-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put frame callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of decoded image data.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Register for notification of frame completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded frame is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_frame_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_frame */
/*!\defgroup cap_put_slice Slice-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put slice callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of partially decoded image data. The
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img,
const vpx_image_rect_t *valid,
const vpx_image_rect_t *update);
/*!\brief Register for notification of slice completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded slice is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_slice_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_slice*/
/*!\defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer External Frame Buffer Functions
*
* The following section is required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER capability.
* Calling this function for codecs that don't advertise this capability
* will result in an error code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR.
*
* \note
* Currently this only works with VP9.
* @{
*/
/*!\brief Pass in external frame buffers for the decoder to use.
*
* Registers functions to be called when libvpx needs a frame buffer
* to decode the current frame and a function to be called when libvpx does
* not internally reference the frame buffer. This set function must
* be called before the first call to decode or libvpx will assume the
* default behavior of allocating frame buffers internally.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb_get Pointer to the get callback function
* \param[in] cb_release Pointer to the release callback function
* \param[in] cb_priv Callback's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* External frame buffers will be used by libvpx.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One or more of the callbacks were NULL.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* using external frame buffers.
*
* \note
* When decoding VP9, the application may be required to pass in at least
* #VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS + #VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS external frame
* buffers.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_frame_buffer_functions(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_get,
vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_release, void *cb_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer */
/*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_

View file

@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
/*!\defgroup encoder Encoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this encoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all encoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the encoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video encoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum length of the sequence defining frame
* layer membership
*/
#define VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY 16
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Temporal+Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_MAX_LAYERS 12 // 3 temporal + 4 spatial layers are allowed.
/*! Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Spatial Scalability: Default number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_DEFAULT_LAYERS 1
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION \
(14 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Encoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each encoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra
* interfaces or functionality, and are not required to be supported
* by an encoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Can issue PSNR packets */
/*! Can output one partition at a time. Each partition is returned in its
* own VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, with the FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT flag set for
* every partition but the last. In this mode all frames are always
* returned partition by partition.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow
* for proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Calculate PSNR on each frame */
/*!\brief Make the encoder output one partition at a time. */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x40000 /**< Use high bitdepth */
/*!\brief Generic fixed size buffer structure
*
* This structure is able to hold a reference to any fixed size buffer.
*/
typedef struct vpx_fixed_buf {
void *buf; /**< Pointer to the data */
size_t sz; /**< Length of the buffer, in chars */
} vpx_fixed_buf_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_fixed_buf */
/*!\brief Time Stamp Type
*
* An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides
* the absolute time of a sample.
*/
typedef int64_t vpx_codec_pts_t;
/*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags
*
* This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed
* frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits
* can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to
* support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example)
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1 /**< frame is the start of a GOP */
/*!\brief frame can be dropped without affecting the stream (no future frame
* depends on this one) */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2
/*!\brief frame should be decoded but will not be shown */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_INVISIBLE 0x4
/*!\brief this is a fragment of the encoded frame */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT 0x8
/*!\brief Error Resilient flags
*
* These flags define which error resilient features to enable in the
* encoder. The flags are specified through the
* vpx_codec_enc_cfg::g_error_resilient variable.
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_er_flags_t;
/*!\brief Improve resiliency against losses of whole frames */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_DEFAULT 0x1
/*!\brief The frame partitions are independently decodable by the bool decoder,
* meaning that partitions can be decoded even though earlier partitions have
* been lost. Note that intra prediction is still done over the partition
* boundary. */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_PARTITIONS 0x2
/*!\brief Encoder output packet variants
*
* This enumeration lists the different kinds of data packets that can be
* returned by calls to vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). Algorithms \ref MAY
* extend this list to provide additional functionality.
*/
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind {
VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, /**< Compressed video frame */
VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT, /**< Two-pass statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_FPMB_STATS_PKT, /**< first pass mb statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_PSNR_PKT, /**< PSNR statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_CUSTOM_PKT = 256 /**< Algorithm extensions */
};
/*!\brief Encoder output packet
*
* This structure contains the different kinds of output data the encoder
* may produce while compressing a frame.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt {
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind kind; /**< packet variant */
union {
struct {
void *buf; /**< compressed data buffer */
size_t sz; /**< length of compressed data */
/*!\brief time stamp to show frame (in timebase units) */
vpx_codec_pts_t pts;
/*!\brief duration to show frame (in timebase units) */
unsigned long duration;
vpx_codec_frame_flags_t flags; /**< flags for this frame */
/*!\brief the partition id defines the decoding order of the partitions.
* Only applicable when "output partition" mode is enabled. First
* partition has id 0.*/
int partition_id;
/*!\brief Width and height of frames in this packet. VP8 will only use the
* first one.*/
unsigned int width[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame width */
unsigned int height[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame height */
/*!\brief Flag to indicate if spatial layer frame in this packet is
* encoded or dropped. VP8 will always be set to 1.*/
uint8_t spatial_layer_encoded[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
} frame; /**< data for compressed frame packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t twopass_stats; /**< data for two-pass packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t firstpass_mb_stats; /**< first pass mb packet */
struct vpx_psnr_pkt {
unsigned int samples[4]; /**< Number of samples, total/y/u/v */
uint64_t sse[4]; /**< sum squared error, total/y/u/v */
double psnr[4]; /**< PSNR, total/y/u/v */
} psnr; /**< data for PSNR packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t raw; /**< data for arbitrary packets */
/* This packet size is fixed to allow codecs to extend this
* interface without having to manage storage for raw packets,
* i.e., if it's smaller than 128 bytes, you can store in the
* packet list directly.
*/
char pad[128 - sizeof(enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind)]; /**< fixed sz */
} data; /**< packet data */
} vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt */
/*!\brief Encoder return output buffer callback
*
* This callback function, when registered, returns with packets when each
* spatial layer is encoded.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t)(vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *pkt,
void *user_data);
/*!\brief Callback function pointer / user data pair storage */
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_cb_pair {
vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t output_cx_pkt; /**< Callback function */
void *user_priv; /**< Pointer to private data */
} vpx_codec_priv_output_cx_pkt_cb_pair_t;
/*!\brief Rational Number
*
* This structure holds a fractional value.
*/
typedef struct vpx_rational {
int num; /**< fraction numerator */
int den; /**< fraction denominator */
} vpx_rational_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_rational */
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Pass */
enum vpx_enc_pass {
VPX_RC_ONE_PASS, /**< Single pass mode */
VPX_RC_FIRST_PASS, /**< First pass of multi-pass mode */
VPX_RC_LAST_PASS /**< Final pass of multi-pass mode */
};
/*!\brief Rate control mode */
enum vpx_rc_mode {
VPX_VBR, /**< Variable Bit Rate (VBR) mode */
VPX_CBR, /**< Constant Bit Rate (CBR) mode */
VPX_CQ, /**< Constrained Quality (CQ) mode */
VPX_Q, /**< Constant Quality (Q) mode */
};
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode.
*
* This enumeration determines whether keyframes are placed automatically by
* the encoder or whether this behavior is disabled. Older releases of this
* SDK were implemented such that VPX_KF_FIXED meant keyframes were disabled.
* This name is confusing for this behavior, so the new symbols to be used
* are VPX_KF_AUTO and VPX_KF_DISABLED.
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode {
VPX_KF_FIXED, /**< deprecated, implies VPX_KF_DISABLED */
VPX_KF_AUTO, /**< Encoder determines optimal placement automatically */
VPX_KF_DISABLED = 0 /**< Encoder does not place keyframes. */
};
/*!\brief Encoded Frame Flags
*
* This type indicates a bitfield to be passed to vpx_codec_encode(), defining
* per-frame boolean values. By convention, bits common to all codecs will be
* named VPX_EFLAG_*, and bits specific to an algorithm will be named
* /algo/_eflag_*. The lower order 16 bits are reserved for common use.
*/
typedef long vpx_enc_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_EFLAG_FORCE_KF (1 << 0) /**< Force this frame to be a keyframe */
/*!\brief Encoder configuration structure
*
* This structure contains the encoder settings that have common representations
* across all codecs. This doesn't imply that all codecs support all features,
* however.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg {
/*
* generic settings (g)
*/
/*!\brief Deprecated: Algorithm specific "usage" value
*
* This value must be zero.
*/
unsigned int g_usage;
/*!\brief Maximum number of threads to use
*
* For multi-threaded implementations, use no more than this number of
* threads. The codec may use fewer threads than allowed. The value
* 0 is equivalent to the value 1.
*/
unsigned int g_threads;
/*!\brief Bitstream profile to use
*
* Some codecs support a notion of multiple bitstream profiles. Typically
* this maps to a set of features that are turned on or off. Often the
* profile to use is determined by the features of the intended decoder.
* Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the valid values
* for this parameter, or set to zero for a sane default.
*/
unsigned int g_profile; /**< profile of bitstream to use */
/*!\brief Width of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_w;
/*!\brief Height of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_h;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the codec
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the codec,
* Only certain bit-depths are supported as identified in the
* vpx_bit_depth_t enum.
*/
vpx_bit_depth_t g_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the input frames
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the input frames in bits.
* Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must have
* this bit-depth.
*/
unsigned int g_input_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Stream timebase units
*
* Indicates the smallest interval of time, in seconds, used by the stream.
* For fixed frame rate material, or variable frame rate material where
* frames are timed at a multiple of a given clock (ex: video capture),
* the \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to the reciprocal
* of the frame rate (ex: 1001/30000 for 29.970 Hz NTSC). This allows the
* pts to correspond to the frame number, which can be handy. For
* re-encoding video from containers with absolute time timestamps, the
* \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to that of the parent
* container or multimedia framework (ex: 1/1000 for ms, as in FLV).
*/
struct vpx_rational g_timebase;
/*!\brief Enable error resilient modes.
*
* The error resilient bitfield indicates to the encoder which features
* it should enable to take measures for streaming over lossy or noisy
* links.
*/
vpx_codec_er_flags_t g_error_resilient;
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Mode
*
* This value should be set to the current phase for multi-pass encoding.
* For single pass, set to #VPX_RC_ONE_PASS.
*/
enum vpx_enc_pass g_pass;
/*!\brief Allow lagged encoding
*
* If set, this value allows the encoder to consume a number of input
* frames before producing output frames. This allows the encoder to
* base decisions for the current frame on future frames. This does
* increase the latency of the encoding pipeline, so it is not appropriate
* in all situations (ex: realtime encoding).
*
* Note that this is a maximum value -- the encoder may produce frames
* sooner than the given limit. Set this value to 0 to disable this
* feature.
*/
unsigned int g_lag_in_frames;
/*
* rate control settings (rc)
*/
/*!\brief Temporal resampling configuration, if supported by the codec.
*
* Temporal resampling allows the codec to "drop" frames as a strategy to
* meet its target data rate. This can cause temporal discontinuities in
* the encoded video, which may appear as stuttering during playback. This
* trade-off is often acceptable, but for many applications is not. It can
* be disabled in these cases.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, a
* dropped frame is indicated. Set the threshold to zero (0) to disable
* this feature.
*/
unsigned int rc_dropframe_thresh;
/*!\brief Enable/disable spatial resampling, if supported by the codec.
*
* Spatial resampling allows the codec to compress a lower resolution
* version of the frame, which is then upscaled by the encoder to the
* correct presentation resolution. This increases visual quality at
* low data rates, at the expense of CPU time on the encoder/decoder.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_allowed;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame width.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the width of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_width;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame height.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the height of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_height;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling up watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer rises above this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step up to a higher resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_up_thresh;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling down watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step down to a lower resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_down_thresh;
/*!\brief Rate control algorithm to use.
*
* Indicates whether the end usage of this stream is to be streamed over
* a bandwidth constrained link, indicating that Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
* mode should be used, or whether it will be played back on a high
* bandwidth link, as from a local disk, where higher variations in
* bitrate are acceptable.
*/
enum vpx_rc_mode rc_end_usage;
/*!\brief Two-pass stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the stats packets produced in the first
* pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_twopass_stats_in;
/*!\brief first pass mb stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the first pass mb stats packets produced
* in the first pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_firstpass_mb_stats_in;
/*!\brief Target data rate
*
* Target bandwidth to use for this stream, in kilobits per second.
*/
unsigned int rc_target_bitrate;
/*
* quantizer settings
*/
/*!\brief Minimum (Best Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_min_quantizer;
/*!\brief Maximum (Worst Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_max_quantizer;
/*
* bitrate tolerance
*/
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation undershoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be subtracted from the target bitrate in order to compensate
* for prior overshoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* undershoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
* *
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_undershoot_pct;
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation overshoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be added to the target bitrate in order to compensate for
* prior undershoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* overshoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
*
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_overshoot_pct;
/*
* decoder buffer model parameters
*/
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that may be buffered by the
* decoding application. Note that this value is expressed in units of
* time (milliseconds). For example, a value of 5000 indicates that the
* client will buffer (at least) 5000ms worth of encoded data. Use the
* target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if
* necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Initial Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that will be buffered by the
* decoding application prior to beginning playback. This value is
* expressed in units of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate
* (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_initial_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Optimal Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that the encoder should try
* to maintain in the decoder's buffer. This value is expressed in units
* of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate)
* to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_optimal_sz;
/*
* 2 pass rate control parameters
*/
/*!\brief Two-pass mode CBR/VBR bias
*
* Bias, expressed on a scale of 0 to 100, for determining target size
* for the current frame. The value 0 indicates the optimal CBR mode
* value should be used. The value 100 indicates the optimal VBR mode
* value should be used. Values in between indicate which way the
* encoder should "lean."
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_bias_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP minimum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the minimum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_minsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP maximum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the maximum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_maxsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass corpus vbr mode complexity control
* Used only in VP9: A value representing the corpus midpoint complexity
* for corpus vbr mode. This value defaults to 0 which disables corpus vbr
* mode in favour of normal vbr mode.
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_corpus_complexity;
/*
* keyframing settings (kf)
*/
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode
*
* This value indicates whether the encoder should place keyframes at a
* fixed interval, or determine the optimal placement automatically
* (as governed by the #kf_min_dist and #kf_max_dist parameters)
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode kf_mode;
/*!\brief Keyframe minimum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, prevents the encoder from
* placing a keyframe nearer than kf_min_dist to the previous keyframe. At
* least kf_min_dist frames non-keyframes will be coded before the next
* keyframe. Set kf_min_dist equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_min_dist;
/*!\brief Keyframe maximum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, forces the encoder to code
* a keyframe if one has not been coded in the last kf_max_dist frames.
* A value of 0 implies all frames will be keyframes. Set kf_min_dist
* equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_max_dist;
/*
* Spatial scalability settings (ss)
*/
/*!\brief Number of spatial coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of spatial coding layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ss_number_layers;
/*!\brief Enable auto alt reference flags for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify if auto alt reference frame is enabled for each
* spatial layer.
*/
int ss_enable_auto_alt_ref[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial layer.
*/
unsigned int ss_target_bitrate[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Number of temporal coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of temporal layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ts_number_layers;
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_target_bitrate[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Frame rate decimation factor for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the frame rate decimation factors to apply
* to each temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_rate_decimator[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Length of the sequence defining frame temporal layer membership.
*
* This value specifies the length of the sequence that defines the
* membership of frames to temporal layers. For example, if the
* ts_periodicity = 8, then the frames are assigned to coding layers with a
* repeated sequence of length 8.
*/
unsigned int ts_periodicity;
/*!\brief Template defining the membership of frames to temporal layers.
*
* This array defines the membership of frames to temporal coding layers.
* For a 2-layer encoding that assigns even numbered frames to one temporal
* layer (0) and odd numbered frames to a second temporal layer (1) with
* ts_periodicity=8, then ts_layer_id = (0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1).
*/
unsigned int ts_layer_id[VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial/temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial/temporal layer.
*
*/
unsigned int layer_target_bitrate[VPX_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Temporal layering mode indicating which temporal layering scheme to
* use.
*
* The value (refer to VP9E_TEMPORAL_LAYERING_MODE) specifies the
* temporal layering mode to use.
*
*/
int temporal_layering_mode;
} vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg */
/*!\brief vp9 svc extra configure parameters
*
* This defines max/min quantizers and scale factors for each layer
*
*/
typedef struct vpx_svc_parameters {
int max_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Max Q for each layer */
int min_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Min Q for each layer */
int scaling_factor_num[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-numerator */
int scaling_factor_den[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-denominator */
int speed_per_layer[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Speed setting for each sl */
int temporal_layering_mode; /**< Temporal layering mode */
} vpx_svc_extra_cfg_t;
/*!\brief Initialize an encoder instance
*
* Initializes a encoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_enc_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Initialize multi-encoder instance
*
* Initializes multi-encoder context using the given interface.
* Applications should call the vpx_codec_enc_init_multi convenience macro
* instead of this function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number
* parameter is properly initialized.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] num_enc Total number of encoders.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] dsf Pointer to down-sampling factors.
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
int num_enc, vpx_codec_flags_t flags, vpx_rational_t *dsf, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init_multi(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf, \
VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Get a default configuration
*
* Initializes a encoder configuration structure with default values. Supports
* the notion of "usages" so that an algorithm may offer different default
* settings depending on the user's intended goal. This function \ref SHOULD
* be called by all applications to initialize the configuration structure
* before specializing the configuration with application specific values.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[out] cfg Configuration buffer to populate.
* \param[in] usage Must be set to 0.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_default(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
unsigned int usage);
/*!\brief Set or change configuration
*
* Reconfigures an encoder instance according to the given configuration.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cfg Configuration buffer to use
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_set(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg);
/*!\brief Get global stream headers
*
* Retrieves a stream level global header packet, if supported by the codec.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval NULL
* Encoder does not support global header
* \retval Non-NULL
* Pointer to buffer containing global header packet
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t *vpx_codec_get_global_headers(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx REALTIME mode. */
#define VPX_DL_REALTIME (1)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx GOOD QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY (1000000)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx BEST QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY (0)
/*!\brief Encode a frame
*
* Encodes a video frame at the given "presentation time." The presentation
* time stamp (PTS) \ref MUST be strictly increasing.
*
* The encoder supports the notion of a soft real-time deadline. Given a
* non-zero value to the deadline parameter, the encoder will make a "best
* effort" guarantee to return before the given time slice expires. It is
* implicit that limiting the available time to encode will degrade the
* output quality. The encoder can be given an unlimited time to produce the
* best possible frame by specifying a deadline of '0'. This deadline
* supersedes the VPx notion of "best quality, good quality, realtime".
* Applications that wish to map these former settings to the new deadline
* based system can use the symbols #VPX_DL_REALTIME, #VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY,
* and #VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY.
*
* When the last frame has been passed to the encoder, this function should
* continue to be called, with the img parameter set to NULL. This will
* signal the end-of-stream condition to the encoder and allow it to encode
* any held buffers. Encoding is complete when vpx_codec_encode() is called
* and vpx_codec_get_cx_data() returns no data.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] img Image data to encode, NULL to flush.
* \param[in] pts Presentation time stamp, in timebase units.
* \param[in] duration Duration to show frame, in timebase units.
* \param[in] flags Flags to use for encoding this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Time to spend encoding, in microseconds. (0=infinite)
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_encode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const vpx_image_t *img,
vpx_codec_pts_t pts, unsigned long duration,
vpx_enc_frame_flags_t flags,
unsigned long deadline);
/*!\brief Set compressed data output buffer
*
* Sets the buffer that the codec should output the compressed data
* into. This call effectively sets the buffer pointer returned in the
* next VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packet. Subsequent packets will be
* appended into this buffer. The buffer is preserved across frames,
* so applications must periodically call this function after flushing
* the accumulated compressed data to disk or to the network to reset
* the pointer to the buffer's head.
*
* `pad_before` bytes will be skipped before writing the compressed
* data, and `pad_after` bytes will be appended to the packet. The size
* of the packet will be the sum of the size of the actual compressed
* data, pad_before, and pad_after. The padding bytes will be preserved
* (not overwritten).
*
* Note that calling this function does not guarantee that the returned
* compressed data will be placed into the specified buffer. In the
* event that the encoded data will not fit into the buffer provided,
* the returned packet \ref MAY point to an internal buffer, as it would
* if this call were never used. In this event, the output packet will
* NOT have any padding, and the application must free space and copy it
* to the proper place. This is of particular note in configurations
* that may output multiple packets for a single encoded frame (e.g., lagged
* encoding) or if the application does not reset the buffer periodically.
*
* Applications may restore the default behavior of the codec providing
* the compressed data buffer by calling this function with a NULL
* buffer.
*
* Applications \ref MUSTNOT call this function during iteration of
* vpx_codec_get_cx_data().
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] buf Buffer to store compressed data into
* \param[in] pad_before Bytes to skip before writing compressed data
* \param[in] pad_after Bytes to skip after writing compressed data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The buffer was set successfully.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_cx_data_buf(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_fixed_buf_t *buf,
unsigned int pad_before,
unsigned int pad_after);
/*!\brief Encoded data iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of data packets to be passed from the encoder to the
* application. The different kinds of packets available are enumerated in
* #vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind.
*
* #VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packets should be passed to the application's
* muxer. Multiple compressed frames may be in the list.
* #VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT packets should be appended to a global buffer.
*
* The application \ref MUST silently ignore any packet kinds that it does
* not recognize or support.
*
* The data buffers returned from this function are only guaranteed to be
* valid until the application makes another call to any vpx_codec_* function.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an output data packet (compressed frame data,
* two-pass statistics, etc.) or NULL to signal end-of-list.
*
*/
const vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *vpx_codec_get_cx_data(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\brief Get Preview Frame
*
* Returns an image that can be used as a preview. Shows the image as it would
* exist at the decompressor. The application \ref MUST NOT write into this
* image buffer.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \return Returns a pointer to a preview image, or NULL if no image is
* available.
*
*/
const vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_preview_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!@} - end defgroup encoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_

View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder external frame buffer interface.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief The maximum number of work buffers used by libvpx.
* Support maximum 4 threads to decode video in parallel.
* Each thread will use one work buffer.
* TODO(hkuang): Add support to set number of worker threads dynamically.
*/
#define VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief The maximum number of reference buffers that a VP9 encoder may use.
*/
#define VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief External frame buffer
*
* This structure holds allocated frame buffers used by the decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_frame_buffer {
uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to the data buffer */
size_t size; /**< Size of data in bytes */
void *priv; /**< Frame's private data */
} vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t;
/*!\brief get frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to retrieve data for the frame
* buffer in order for the decode call to complete. The callback must
* allocate at least min_size in bytes and assign it to fb->data. The callback
* must zero out all the data allocated. Then the callback must set fb->size
* to the allocated size. The application does not need to align the allocated
* data. The callback is triggered when the decoder needs a frame buffer to
* decode a compressed image into. This function may be called more than once
* for every call to vpx_codec_decode. The application may set fb->priv to
* some data which will be passed back in the ximage and the release function
* call. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On success the callback must
* return 0. Any failure the callback must return a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] min_size Size in bytes needed by the buffer
* \param[in,out] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv, size_t min_size,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
/*!\brief release frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder when the frame buffer is not
* referenced by any other buffers. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On
* success the callback must return 0. Any failure the callback must return
* a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_

View file

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the vpx image descriptor and associated operations
*
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (5) /**<\hideinitializer*/
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U in memory. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA 0x400 /**< Image has an alpha channel. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x800 /**< Image uses 16bit framebuffer. */
/*!\brief List of supported image formats */
typedef enum vpx_img_fmt {
VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE,
VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 =
VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */
VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 7,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42216 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44416 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH
} vpx_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_img_fmt */
/*!\brief List of supported color spaces */
typedef enum vpx_color_space {
VPX_CS_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown */
VPX_CS_BT_601 = 1, /**< BT.601 */
VPX_CS_BT_709 = 2, /**< BT.709 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_170 = 3, /**< SMPTE.170 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_240 = 4, /**< SMPTE.240 */
VPX_CS_BT_2020 = 5, /**< BT.2020 */
VPX_CS_RESERVED = 6, /**< Reserved */
VPX_CS_SRGB = 7 /**< sRGB */
} vpx_color_space_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_space */
/*!\brief List of supported color range */
typedef enum vpx_color_range {
VPX_CR_STUDIO_RANGE = 0, /**< Y [16..235], UV [16..240] */
VPX_CR_FULL_RANGE = 1 /**< YUV/RGB [0..255] */
} vpx_color_range_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_range */
/**\brief Image Descriptor */
typedef struct vpx_image {
vpx_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */
vpx_color_space_t cs; /**< Color Space */
vpx_color_range_t range; /**< Color Range */
/* Image storage dimensions */
unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */
unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */
unsigned int bit_depth; /**< Stored image bit-depth */
/* Image display dimensions */
unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */
unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */
/* Image intended rendering dimensions */
unsigned int r_w; /**< Intended rendering image width */
unsigned int r_h; /**< Intended rendering image height */
/* Chroma subsampling info */
unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */
unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */
/* Image data pointers. */
#define VPX_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */
#define VPX_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_ALPHA 3 /**< A (Transparency) plane */
unsigned char *planes[4]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */
int stride[4]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */
int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */
/*!\brief The following member may be set by the application to associate
* data with this image.
*/
void *user_priv;
/* The following members should be treated as private. */
unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */
int img_data_owner; /**< private */
int self_allocd; /**< private */
void *fb_priv; /**< Frame buffer data associated with the image. */
} vpx_image_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image */
/**\brief Representation of a rectangle on a surface */
typedef struct vpx_image_rect {
unsigned int x; /**< leftmost column */
unsigned int y; /**< topmost row */
unsigned int w; /**< width */
unsigned int h; /**< height */
} vpx_image_rect_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image_rect */
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for the descriptor is allocated on the heap.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and
* each row in the image(stride).
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_alloc(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt,
unsigned int d_w, unsigned int d_h,
unsigned int align);
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for descriptor has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is
* desired to "wrap" that storage.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this
* parameter is NULL, the storage for the descriptor
* will be allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] stride_align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image.
* \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_wrap(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, unsigned int d_w,
unsigned int d_h, unsigned int stride_align,
unsigned char *img_data);
/*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image
*
* Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to
* match the specified coordinates and size.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] x leftmost column
* \param[in] y topmost row
* \param[in] w width
* \param[in] h height
*
* \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero otherwise.
*/
int vpx_img_set_rect(vpx_image_t *img, unsigned int x, unsigned int y,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom)
*
* Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image
* be referenced upside-down.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_flip(vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Close an image descriptor
*
* Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_free(vpx_image_t *img);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_

View file

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#define VPX_INLINE __inline
#else
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
// TODO(jbb): Allow a way to force inline off for older compilers.
#define VPX_INLINE inline
#endif
/* Assume platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#endif
#endif // __cplusplus
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_

View file

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
# pkg-config file from libvpx v1.8.0
prefix=/Users/andy/go/src/github.com/webmproject/jni/vpx-android/output/android/x86
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: vpx
Description: WebM Project VPx codec implementation
Version: 1.8.0
Requires:
Conflicts:
Libs: -L${libdir} -lvpx -lm
Libs.private: -lm
Cflags: -I${includedir}

View file

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <string>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h" // LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN()
namespace libwebm {
// Returns a temporary file name.
std::string GetTempFileName();
// Returns size of file specified by |file_name|, or 0 upon failure.
uint64_t GetFileSize(const std::string& file_name);
// Gets the contents file_name as a string. Returns false on error.
bool GetFileContents(const std::string& file_name, std::string* contents);
// Manages life of temporary file specified at time of construction. Deletes
// file upon destruction.
class TempFileDeleter {
public:
TempFileDeleter();
explicit TempFileDeleter(std::string file_name) : file_name_(file_name) {}
~TempFileDeleter();
const std::string& name() const { return file_name_; }
private:
std::string file_name_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TempFileDeleter);
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_FILE_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2016 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#define LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_
#include <stdint.h>
#include <memory>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
namespace mkvparser {
struct Colour;
struct MasteringMetadata;
struct PrimaryChromaticity;
} // namespace mkvparser
namespace libwebm {
// Utility types and functions for working with the Colour element and its
// children. Copiers return true upon success. Presence functions return true
// when the specified element is present.
// TODO(tomfinegan): These should be moved to libwebm_utils once c++11 is
// required by libwebm.
// Features of the VP9 codec that may be set in the CodecPrivate of a VP9 video
// stream. A value of kValueNotPresent represents that the value was not set in
// the CodecPrivate.
struct Vp9CodecFeatures {
static const int kValueNotPresent;
Vp9CodecFeatures()
: profile(kValueNotPresent),
level(kValueNotPresent),
bit_depth(kValueNotPresent),
chroma_subsampling(kValueNotPresent) {}
~Vp9CodecFeatures() {}
int profile;
int level;
int bit_depth;
int chroma_subsampling;
};
typedef std::unique_ptr<mkvmuxer::PrimaryChromaticity> PrimaryChromaticityPtr;
bool CopyPrimaryChromaticity(const mkvparser::PrimaryChromaticity& parser_pc,
PrimaryChromaticityPtr* muxer_pc);
bool MasteringMetadataValuePresent(double value);
bool CopyMasteringMetadata(const mkvparser::MasteringMetadata& parser_mm,
mkvmuxer::MasteringMetadata* muxer_mm);
bool ColourValuePresent(long long value);
bool CopyColour(const mkvparser::Colour& parser_colour,
mkvmuxer::Colour* muxer_colour);
// Returns true if |features| is set to one or more valid values.
bool ParseVpxCodecPrivate(const uint8_t* private_data, int32_t length,
Vp9CodecFeatures* features);
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // LIBWEBM_COMMON_HDR_UTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
#define COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_
namespace libwebm {
enum MkvId {
kMkvEBML = 0x1A45DFA3,
kMkvEBMLVersion = 0x4286,
kMkvEBMLReadVersion = 0x42F7,
kMkvEBMLMaxIDLength = 0x42F2,
kMkvEBMLMaxSizeLength = 0x42F3,
kMkvDocType = 0x4282,
kMkvDocTypeVersion = 0x4287,
kMkvDocTypeReadVersion = 0x4285,
kMkvVoid = 0xEC,
kMkvSignatureSlot = 0x1B538667,
kMkvSignatureAlgo = 0x7E8A,
kMkvSignatureHash = 0x7E9A,
kMkvSignaturePublicKey = 0x7EA5,
kMkvSignature = 0x7EB5,
kMkvSignatureElements = 0x7E5B,
kMkvSignatureElementList = 0x7E7B,
kMkvSignedElement = 0x6532,
// segment
kMkvSegment = 0x18538067,
// Meta Seek Information
kMkvSeekHead = 0x114D9B74,
kMkvSeek = 0x4DBB,
kMkvSeekID = 0x53AB,
kMkvSeekPosition = 0x53AC,
// Segment Information
kMkvInfo = 0x1549A966,
kMkvTimecodeScale = 0x2AD7B1,
kMkvDuration = 0x4489,
kMkvDateUTC = 0x4461,
kMkvTitle = 0x7BA9,
kMkvMuxingApp = 0x4D80,
kMkvWritingApp = 0x5741,
// Cluster
kMkvCluster = 0x1F43B675,
kMkvTimecode = 0xE7,
kMkvPrevSize = 0xAB,
kMkvBlockGroup = 0xA0,
kMkvBlock = 0xA1,
kMkvBlockDuration = 0x9B,
kMkvReferenceBlock = 0xFB,
kMkvLaceNumber = 0xCC,
kMkvSimpleBlock = 0xA3,
kMkvBlockAdditions = 0x75A1,
kMkvBlockMore = 0xA6,
kMkvBlockAddID = 0xEE,
kMkvBlockAdditional = 0xA5,
kMkvDiscardPadding = 0x75A2,
// Track
kMkvTracks = 0x1654AE6B,
kMkvTrackEntry = 0xAE,
kMkvTrackNumber = 0xD7,
kMkvTrackUID = 0x73C5,
kMkvTrackType = 0x83,
kMkvFlagEnabled = 0xB9,
kMkvFlagDefault = 0x88,
kMkvFlagForced = 0x55AA,
kMkvFlagLacing = 0x9C,
kMkvDefaultDuration = 0x23E383,
kMkvMaxBlockAdditionID = 0x55EE,
kMkvName = 0x536E,
kMkvLanguage = 0x22B59C,
kMkvCodecID = 0x86,
kMkvCodecPrivate = 0x63A2,
kMkvCodecName = 0x258688,
kMkvCodecDelay = 0x56AA,
kMkvSeekPreRoll = 0x56BB,
// video
kMkvVideo = 0xE0,
kMkvFlagInterlaced = 0x9A,
kMkvStereoMode = 0x53B8,
kMkvAlphaMode = 0x53C0,
kMkvPixelWidth = 0xB0,
kMkvPixelHeight = 0xBA,
kMkvPixelCropBottom = 0x54AA,
kMkvPixelCropTop = 0x54BB,
kMkvPixelCropLeft = 0x54CC,
kMkvPixelCropRight = 0x54DD,
kMkvDisplayWidth = 0x54B0,
kMkvDisplayHeight = 0x54BA,
kMkvDisplayUnit = 0x54B2,
kMkvAspectRatioType = 0x54B3,
kMkvColourSpace = 0x2EB524,
kMkvFrameRate = 0x2383E3,
// end video
// colour
kMkvColour = 0x55B0,
kMkvMatrixCoefficients = 0x55B1,
kMkvBitsPerChannel = 0x55B2,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B3,
kMkvChromaSubsamplingVert = 0x55B4,
kMkvCbSubsamplingHorz = 0x55B5,
kMkvCbSubsamplingVert = 0x55B6,
kMkvChromaSitingHorz = 0x55B7,
kMkvChromaSitingVert = 0x55B8,
kMkvRange = 0x55B9,
kMkvTransferCharacteristics = 0x55BA,
kMkvPrimaries = 0x55BB,
kMkvMaxCLL = 0x55BC,
kMkvMaxFALL = 0x55BD,
// mastering metadata
kMkvMasteringMetadata = 0x55D0,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityX = 0x55D1,
kMkvPrimaryRChromaticityY = 0x55D2,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityX = 0x55D3,
kMkvPrimaryGChromaticityY = 0x55D4,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityX = 0x55D5,
kMkvPrimaryBChromaticityY = 0x55D6,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityX = 0x55D7,
kMkvWhitePointChromaticityY = 0x55D8,
kMkvLuminanceMax = 0x55D9,
kMkvLuminanceMin = 0x55DA,
// end mastering metadata
// end colour
// projection
kMkvProjection = 0x7670,
kMkvProjectionType = 0x7671,
kMkvProjectionPrivate = 0x7672,
kMkvProjectionPoseYaw = 0x7673,
kMkvProjectionPosePitch = 0x7674,
kMkvProjectionPoseRoll = 0x7675,
// end projection
// audio
kMkvAudio = 0xE1,
kMkvSamplingFrequency = 0xB5,
kMkvOutputSamplingFrequency = 0x78B5,
kMkvChannels = 0x9F,
kMkvBitDepth = 0x6264,
// end audio
// ContentEncodings
kMkvContentEncodings = 0x6D80,
kMkvContentEncoding = 0x6240,
kMkvContentEncodingOrder = 0x5031,
kMkvContentEncodingScope = 0x5032,
kMkvContentEncodingType = 0x5033,
kMkvContentCompression = 0x5034,
kMkvContentCompAlgo = 0x4254,
kMkvContentCompSettings = 0x4255,
kMkvContentEncryption = 0x5035,
kMkvContentEncAlgo = 0x47E1,
kMkvContentEncKeyID = 0x47E2,
kMkvContentSignature = 0x47E3,
kMkvContentSigKeyID = 0x47E4,
kMkvContentSigAlgo = 0x47E5,
kMkvContentSigHashAlgo = 0x47E6,
kMkvContentEncAESSettings = 0x47E7,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherMode = 0x47E8,
kMkvAESSettingsCipherInitData = 0x47E9,
// end ContentEncodings
// Cueing Data
kMkvCues = 0x1C53BB6B,
kMkvCuePoint = 0xBB,
kMkvCueTime = 0xB3,
kMkvCueTrackPositions = 0xB7,
kMkvCueTrack = 0xF7,
kMkvCueClusterPosition = 0xF1,
kMkvCueBlockNumber = 0x5378,
// Chapters
kMkvChapters = 0x1043A770,
kMkvEditionEntry = 0x45B9,
kMkvChapterAtom = 0xB6,
kMkvChapterUID = 0x73C4,
kMkvChapterStringUID = 0x5654,
kMkvChapterTimeStart = 0x91,
kMkvChapterTimeEnd = 0x92,
kMkvChapterDisplay = 0x80,
kMkvChapString = 0x85,
kMkvChapLanguage = 0x437C,
kMkvChapCountry = 0x437E,
// Tags
kMkvTags = 0x1254C367,
kMkvTag = 0x7373,
kMkvSimpleTag = 0x67C8,
kMkvTagName = 0x45A3,
kMkvTagString = 0x4487
};
} // namespace libwebm
#endif // COMMON_WEBMIDS_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_H_
namespace mkvmuxer {
typedef unsigned char uint8;
typedef short int16;
typedef int int32;
typedef unsigned int uint32;
typedef long long int64;
typedef unsigned long long uint64;
} // namespace mkvmuxer
// Copied from Chromium basictypes.h
// A macro to disallow the copy constructor and operator= functions
// This should be used in the private: declarations for a class
#define LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(TypeName) \
TypeName(const TypeName&); \
void operator=(const TypeName&)
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERTYPES_HPP_

View file

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_
#include "mkvmuxertypes.h"
#include "stdint.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
class Cluster;
class Frame;
class IMkvWriter;
// TODO(tomfinegan): mkvmuxer:: integer types continue to be used here because
// changing them causes pain for downstream projects. It would be nice if a
// solution that allows removal of the mkvmuxer:: integer types while avoiding
// pain for downstream users of libwebm. Considering that mkvmuxerutil.{cc,h}
// are really, for the great majority of cases, EBML size calculation and writer
// functions, perhaps a more EBML focused utility would be the way to go as a
// first step.
const uint64 kEbmlUnknownValue = 0x01FFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL;
const int64 kMaxBlockTimecode = 0x07FFFLL;
// Writes out |value| in Big Endian order. Returns 0 on success.
int32 SerializeInt(IMkvWriter* writer, int64 value, int32 size);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element.
int32 GetUIntSize(uint64 value);
int32 GetIntSize(int64 value);
int32 GetCodedUIntSize(uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlMasterElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, int64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, float value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const char* value);
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, const uint8* value, uint64 size);
uint64 EbmlDateElementSize(uint64 type);
// Returns the size in bytes of the element assuming that the element was
// written using |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero, then it
// computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|.
uint64 EbmlElementSize(uint64 type, uint64 value, uint64 fixed_size);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |value|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUInt(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value);
// Creates an EBML coded number from |value| and writes it out. The size of
// the coded number is determined by the value of |size|. |value| must not
// be in a coded form. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteUIntSize(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, int32 size);
// Output an Mkv master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlMasterElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 value, uint64 size);
// Outputs an Mkv ID, calls |IMkvWriter::ElementStartNotify|, and passes the
// ID to |SerializeInt|. Returns 0 on success.
int32 WriteID(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type);
// Output an Mkv non-master element. Returns true if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, float value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const char* value);
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, const uint8* value,
uint64 size);
bool WriteEbmlDateElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, int64 value);
// Output an Mkv non-master element using fixed size. The element will be
// written out using exactly |fixed_size| bytes. If |fixed_size| is set to zero
// then it computes the necessary number of bytes based on |value|. Returns true
// if the element was written.
bool WriteEbmlElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 type, uint64 value,
uint64 fixed_size);
// Output a Mkv Frame. It decides the correct element to write (Block vs
// SimpleBlock) based on the parameters of the Frame.
uint64 WriteFrame(IMkvWriter* writer, const Frame* const frame,
Cluster* cluster);
// Output a void element. |size| must be the entire size in bytes that will be
// void. The function will calculate the size of the void header and subtract
// it from |size|.
uint64 WriteVoidElement(IMkvWriter* writer, uint64 size);
// Returns the version number of the muxer in |major|, |minor|, |build|,
// and |revision|.
void GetVersion(int32* major, int32* minor, int32* build, int32* revision);
// Returns a random number to be used for UID, using |seed| to seed
// the random-number generator (see POSIX rand_r() for semantics).
uint64 MakeUID(unsigned int* seed);
// Colour field validation helpers. All return true when |value| is valid.
bool IsMatrixCoefficientsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingHorzValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsChromaSitingVertValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsColourRangeValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsTransferCharacteristicsValueValid(uint64_t value);
bool IsPrimariesValueValid(uint64_t value);
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVMUXERUTIL_H_

View file

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#define MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxer.h"
#include "mkvmuxer/mkvmuxertypes.h"
namespace mkvmuxer {
// Default implementation of the IMkvWriter interface on Windows.
class MkvWriter : public IMkvWriter {
public:
MkvWriter();
explicit MkvWriter(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvWriter();
// IMkvWriter interface
virtual int64 Position() const;
virtual int32 Position(int64 position);
virtual bool Seekable() const;
virtual int32 Write(const void* buffer, uint32 length);
virtual void ElementStartNotify(uint64 element_id, int64 position);
// Creates and opens a file for writing. |filename| is the name of the file
// to open. This function will overwrite the contents of |filename|. Returns
// true on success.
bool Open(const char* filename);
// Closes an opened file.
void Close();
private:
// File handle to output file.
FILE* file_;
bool writer_owns_file_;
LIBWEBM_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(MkvWriter);
};
} // namespace mkvmuxer
#endif // MKVMUXER_MKVWRITER_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
// Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
//
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
// that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
// tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
// in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
// be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
#ifndef MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#define MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_
#include <cstdio>
#include "mkvparser/mkvparser.h"
namespace mkvparser {
class MkvReader : public IMkvReader {
public:
MkvReader();
explicit MkvReader(FILE* fp);
virtual ~MkvReader();
int Open(const char*);
void Close();
virtual int Read(long long position, long length, unsigned char* buffer);
virtual int Length(long long* total, long long* available);
private:
MkvReader(const MkvReader&);
MkvReader& operator=(const MkvReader&);
// Determines the size of the file. This is called either by the constructor
// or by the Open function depending on file ownership. Returns true on
// success.
bool GetFileSize();
long long m_length;
FILE* m_file;
bool reader_owns_file_;
};
} // namespace mkvparser
#endif // MKVPARSER_MKVREADER_H_

View file

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8 VP8
* \ingroup codecs
* VP8 is a video compression algorithm that uses motion
* compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the
* prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques
* based on arithmetic principles. It features:
* - YUV 4:2:0 image format
* - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma)
* - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction
* - 4x4 DCT transform
* - 128 level linear quantizer
* - In loop deblocking filter
* - Context-based entropy coding
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides controls common to both the VP8 encoder and decoder.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8_H_
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Control functions
*
* The set of macros define the control functions of VP8 interface
*/
enum vp8_com_control_id {
/*!\brief pass in an external frame into decoder to be used as reference frame
*/
VP8_SET_REFERENCE = 1,
VP8_COPY_REFERENCE = 2, /**< get a copy of reference frame from the decoder */
VP8_SET_POSTPROC = 3, /**< set the decoder's post processing settings */
/* TODO(jkoleszar): The encoder incorrectly reuses some of these values (5+)
* for its control ids. These should be migrated to something like the
* VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START range next time we're ready to break the ABI.
*/
VP9_GET_REFERENCE = 128, /**< get a pointer to a reference frame */
VP8_COMMON_CTRL_ID_MAX,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* The set of macros define VP8 decoder post processing flags
*/
enum vp8_postproc_level {
VP8_NOFILTERING = 0,
VP8_DEBLOCK = 1 << 0,
VP8_DEMACROBLOCK = 1 << 1,
VP8_ADDNOISE = 1 << 2,
VP8_MFQE = 1 << 3
};
/*!\brief post process flags
*
* This define a structure that describe the post processing settings. For
* the best objective measure (using the PSNR metric) set post_proc_flag
* to VP8_DEBLOCK and deblocking_level to 1.
*/
typedef struct vp8_postproc_cfg {
/*!\brief the types of post processing to be done, should be combination of
* "vp8_postproc_level" */
int post_proc_flag;
int deblocking_level; /**< the strength of deblocking, valid range [0, 16] */
int noise_level; /**< the strength of additive noise, valid range [0, 16] */
} vp8_postproc_cfg_t;
/*!\brief reference frame type
*
* The set of macros define the type of VP8 reference frames
*/
typedef enum vpx_ref_frame_type {
VP8_LAST_FRAME = 1,
VP8_GOLD_FRAME = 2,
VP8_ALTR_FRAME = 4
} vpx_ref_frame_type_t;
/*!\brief reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp8 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vpx_ref_frame {
vpx_ref_frame_type_t frame_type; /**< which reference frame */
vpx_image_t img; /**< reference frame data in image format */
} vpx_ref_frame_t;
/*!\brief VP9 specific reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access vp9 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct vp9_ref_frame {
int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */
vpx_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */
} vp9_ref_frame_t;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief vp8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* defines the data type for each of VP8 decoder control function requires
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_COPY_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_COPY_REFERENCE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_POSTPROC, vp8_postproc_cfg_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8_SET_POSTPROC
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_GET_REFERENCE, vp9_ref_frame_t *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_GET_REFERENCE
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8 */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8_H_

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup vp8_decoder WebM VP8/VP9 Decoder
* \ingroup vp8
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides definitions for using VP8 or VP9 within the vpx Decoder
* interface.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */
#include "./vp8.h"
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP8 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP9
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode VP9 streams.
* @{
*/
extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_dx_algo;
extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/
/*!\enum vp8_dec_control_id
* \brief VP8 decoder control functions
*
* This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8
* decoder interface.
*
* \sa #vpx_codec_control
*/
enum vp8_dec_control_id {
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were updated
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START,
/** check if the indicated frame is corrupted */
VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED,
/** control function to get info on which reference frames were used
* by the last decode
*/
VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED,
/** decryption function to decrypt encoded buffer data immediately
* before decoding. Takes a vpx_decrypt_init, which contains
* a callback function and opaque context pointer.
*/
VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR = VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR,
/** control function to get the dimensions that the current frame is decoded
* at. This may be different to the intended display size for the frame as
* specified in the wrapper or frame header (see VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE,
/** control function to get the current frame's intended display dimensions
* (as specified in the wrapper or frame header). This may be different to
* the decoded dimensions of this frame (see VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE). */
VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE,
/** control function to get the bit depth of the stream. */
VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH,
/** control function to set the byte alignment of the planes in the reference
* buffers. Valid values are power of 2, from 32 to 1024. A value of 0 sets
* legacy alignment. I.e. Y plane is aligned to 32 bytes, U plane directly
* follows Y plane, and V plane directly follows U plane. Default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_BYTE_ALIGNMENT,
/** control function to invert the decoding order to from right to left. The
* function is used in a test to confirm the decoding independence of tile
* columns. The function may be used in application where this order
* of decoding is desired.
*
* TODO(yaowu): Rework the unit test that uses this control, and in a future
* release, this test-only control shall be removed.
*/
VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER,
/** control function to set the skip loop filter flag. Valid values are
* integers. The decoder will skip the loop filter when its value is set to
* nonzero. If the loop filter is skipped the decoder may accumulate decode
* artifacts. The default value is 0.
*/
VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER,
/** control function to decode SVC stream up to the x spatial layers,
* where x is passed in through the control, and is 0 for base layer.
*/
VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get last decoded frame quantizer.
*
* Return value uses internal quantizer scale defined by the codec.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP8, VP9
*/
VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set row level multi-threading.
*
* 0 : off, 1 : on
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_ROW_MT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set loopfilter optimization.
*
* 0 : off, Loop filter is done after all tiles have been decoded
* 1 : on, Loop filter is done immediately after decode without
* waiting for all threads to sync.
*
* Supported in codecs: VP9
*/
VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT,
VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_MAX
};
/** Decrypt n bytes of data from input -> output, using the decrypt_state
* passed in VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_decrypt_cb)(void *decrypt_state, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output, int count);
/*!\brief Structure to hold decryption state
*
* Defines a structure to hold the decryption state and access function.
*/
typedef struct vpx_decrypt_init {
/*! Decrypt callback. */
vpx_decrypt_cb decrypt_cb;
/*! Decryption state. */
void *decrypt_state;
} vpx_decrypt_init;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief VP8 decoder control function parameter type
*
* Defines the data types that VP8D control functions take. Note that
* additional common controls are defined in vp8.h
*
*/
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, unsigned int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE, int *)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9D_GET_FRAME_SIZE
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_DECODE_SVC_SPATIAL_LAYER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_DECODE_SET_ROW_MT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_ROW_MT, int)
#define VPX_CTRL_VP9_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT
VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_SET_LOOP_FILTER_OPT, int)
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_decoder */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VP8DX_H_

View file

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface
* This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video
* formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface
* common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders).
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video codec algorithm.
*
* An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using
* vpx_codec_init() and a pointer to the algorithm's interface structure:
* <pre>
* my_app.c:
* extern vpx_codec_iface_t my_codec;
* {
* vpx_codec_ctx_t algo;
* res = vpx_codec_init(&algo, &my_codec);
* }
* </pre>
*
* Once initialized, the instance is manged using other functions from
* the vpx_codec_* family.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_image.h"
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */
#ifndef VPX_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#else
#define VPX_DEPRECATED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DEPRECATED */
#ifndef VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
/*!\brief \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
#else
#define VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #VPX_DEPRECATED */
#endif
#endif /* VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */
#ifndef VPX_UNUSED
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define VPX_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
#define VPX_UNUSED
#endif
#endif /* VPX_UNUSED */
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (4 + VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief Algorithm return codes */
typedef enum {
/*!\brief Operation completed without error */
VPX_CODEC_OK,
/*!\brief Unspecified error */
VPX_CODEC_ERROR,
/*!\brief Memory operation failed */
VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR,
/*!\brief ABI version mismatch */
VPX_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH,
/*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */
VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE,
/*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported.
*
* The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder
* is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the
* stream. */
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM,
/*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature
*
* The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This
* return code should only be used for features that prevent future
* pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as
* fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP.
*/
VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE,
/*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete
*
* There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code
* should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from
* being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the
* stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding
* is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present.
*/
VPX_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME,
/*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM,
/*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list.
*
*/
VPX_CODEC_LIST_END
} vpx_codec_err_t;
/*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield
*
* Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_caps_t;
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */
/*! Can support images at greater than 8 bitdepth.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x4
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
typedef long vpx_codec_flags_t;
/*!\brief Codec interface structure.
*
* Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec
* implementation. This structure is opaque to the application.
*/
typedef const struct vpx_codec_iface vpx_codec_iface_t;
/*!\brief Codec private data structure.
*
* Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque
* to the application.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_priv vpx_codec_priv_t;
/*!\brief Iterator
*
* Opaque storage used for iterating over lists.
*/
typedef const void *vpx_codec_iter_t;
/*!\brief Codec context structure
*
* All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general,
* this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and
* not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications
* may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the
* algorithm.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_ctx {
const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */
vpx_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */
const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */
vpx_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */
union {
/**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg *dec;
/**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg *enc;
const void *raw;
} config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */
vpx_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */
} vpx_codec_ctx_t;
/*!\brief Bit depth for codec
* *
* This enumeration determines the bit depth of the codec.
*/
typedef enum vpx_bit_depth {
VPX_BITS_8 = 8, /**< 8 bits */
VPX_BITS_10 = 10, /**< 10 bits */
VPX_BITS_12 = 12, /**< 12 bits */
} vpx_bit_depth_t;
/*
* Library Version Number Interface
*
* For example, see the following sample return values:
* vpx_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3)
* vpx_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
* vpx_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
*/
/*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer)
*
* Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only
* include
* the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this encoded
* value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding may
* change
* in the future.
*
*/
int vpx_codec_version(void);
#define VPX_VERSION_MAJOR(v) \
((v >> 16) & 0xff) /**< extract major from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_MINOR(v) \
((v >> 8) & 0xff) /**< extract minor from packed version */
#define VPX_VERSION_PATCH(v) \
((v >> 0) & 0xff) /**< extract patch from packed version */
/*!\brief Return the version major number */
#define vpx_codec_version_major() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 16) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version minor number */
#define vpx_codec_version_minor() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 8) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version patch number */
#define vpx_codec_version_patch() ((vpx_codec_version() >> 0) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This
* may
* contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to
* indicate
* release candidates, prerelease versions, etc.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string
* returned
* by vpx_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_version_extra_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the build configuration
*
* Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build
* configuration. This may be useful to vpx support.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_build_config(void);
/*!\brief Return the name for a given interface
*
* Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Interface pointer
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_iface_name(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Convert error number to printable string
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] err Error number.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_err_to_string(vpx_codec_err_t err);
/*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about
* the last error.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
* \retval NULL
* No detailed information is available.
*/
const char *vpx_codec_error_detail(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs.
*/
/*!\brief Destroy a codec instance
*
* Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The codec algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_destroy(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm.
*
* Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
*
*/
vpx_codec_caps_t vpx_codec_get_caps(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Control algorithm
*
* This function is used to exchange algorithm specific data with the codec
* instance. This can be used to implement features specific to a particular
* algorithm.
*
* This wrapper function dispatches the request to the helper function
* associated with the given ctrl_id. It tries to call this function
* transparently, but will return #VPX_CODEC_ERROR if the request could not
* be dispatched.
*
* Note that this function should not be used directly. Call the
* #vpx_codec_control wrapper macro instead.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The control request was processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* The control request was not processed.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* The data was not valid.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, ...);
#if defined(VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS) && VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) vpx_codec_control_(ctx, id, data)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ)
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id, typ)
#else
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control wrapper macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_().
*
* \internal
* It works by dispatching the call to the control function through a wrapper
* function named with the id parameter.
*/
#define vpx_codec_control(ctx, id, data) \
vpx_codec_control_##id(ctx, id, data) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It defines the type of the argument for a given
* control identifier.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with
* the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper to the type-unsafe internal
* function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control deprecated type definition macro
*
* Like #VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE, but indicates that the specified control is
* deprecated and should not be used. Consult the documentation for your
* codec for more information.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a
* wrapper to the type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) \
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) VPX_DEPRECATED VPX_UNUSED; \
\
VPX_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id( \
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief vpx_codec_control void type definition macro
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to vpx_codec_control_(). It indicates that a given control identifier takes
* no argument.
*
* \internal
* It defines a static function without a data argument as a wrapper to the
* type-unsafe internal function.
*/
#define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id) \
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *, int) \
VPX_UNUSED; \
\
static vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, \
int ctrl_id) { \
return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/
#endif
/*!@} - end defgroup codec*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_

View file

@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_
/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all decoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video decoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
#include "./vpx_frame_buffer.h"
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION \
(3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE 0x10000 /**< Will issue put_slice callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME 0x20000 /**< Will issue put_frame callbacks */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_POSTPROC 0x40000 /**< Can postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Can conceal errors due to packet loss */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x80000
/*!\brief Can receive encoded frames one fragment at a time */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x100000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
/*!\brief Can support frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADING 0x200000
/*!brief Can support external frame buffers */
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER 0x400000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_POSTPROC 0x10000 /**< Postprocess decoded frame */
/*!\brief Conceal errors in decoded frames */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x20000
/*!\brief The input frame should be passed to the decoder one fragment at a
* time */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x40000
/*!\brief Enable frame-based multi-threading */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_FRAME_THREADING 0x80000
/*!\brief Stream properties
*
* This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded
* stream. Algorithms may extend this structure with data specific
* to their bitstream by setting the sz member appropriately.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_stream_info {
unsigned int sz; /**< Size of this structure */
unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */
} vpx_codec_stream_info_t;
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders.
*/
/*!\brief Initialization Configurations
*
* This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the
* decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg {
unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */
unsigned int w; /**< Width */
unsigned int h; /**< Height */
} vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg */
/*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance
*
* Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_dec_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer
*
* Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder
* context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is
* of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
* \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_peek_stream_info(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Return information about the current stream.
*
* Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member
* \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be
* clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY
* be NULL.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_stream_info(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Decode data
*
* Processes a buffer of coded data. If the processing results in a new
* decoded frame becoming available, PUT_SLICE and PUT_FRAME events may be
* generated, as appropriate. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS (decode
* time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS (presentation
* time stamp) order.
* If the decoder is configured with VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS enabled,
* data and data_sz can contain a fragment of the encoded frame. Fragment
* \#n must contain at least partition \#n, but can also contain subsequent
* partitions (\#n+1 - \#n+i), and if so, fragments \#n+1, .., \#n+i must
* be empty. When no more data is available, this function should be called
* with NULL as data and 0 as data_sz. The memory passed to this function
* must be available until the frame has been decoded.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data. If
* NULL, a VPX_CODEC_CB_PUT_FRAME event is posted
* for the previously decoded frame.
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes.
* \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with
* this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Soft deadline the decoder should attempt to meet,
* in us. Set to zero for unlimited.
*
* \return Returns #VPX_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely
* and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise,
* see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::vpx_codec_err_t
* for recoverability capabilities.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_decode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *data,
unsigned int data_sz, void *user_priv,
long deadline);
/*!\brief Decoded frames iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator
* storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is
* complete when this function returns NULL.
*
* The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the
* vpx_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to
* vpx_codec_decode.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames
* produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\defgroup cap_put_frame Frame-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put frame callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of decoded image data.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Register for notification of frame completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded frame is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_frame_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_frame */
/*!\defgroup cap_put_slice Slice-Based Decoding Functions
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE capability. Calling these
* functions
* for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error
* code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* @{
*/
/*!\brief put slice callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of
* the availability of partially decoded image data. The
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv,
const vpx_image_t *img,
const vpx_image_rect_t *valid,
const vpx_image_rect_t *update);
/*!\brief Register for notification of slice completion.
*
* Registers a given function to be called when a decoded slice is
* available.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function
* \param[in] user_priv User's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* Callback successfully registered.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* posting slice completion.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_slice_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t cb,
void *user_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_slice*/
/*!\defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer External Frame Buffer Functions
*
* The following section is required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER capability.
* Calling this function for codecs that don't advertise this capability
* will result in an error code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR.
*
* \note
* Currently this only works with VP9.
* @{
*/
/*!\brief Pass in external frame buffers for the decoder to use.
*
* Registers functions to be called when libvpx needs a frame buffer
* to decode the current frame and a function to be called when libvpx does
* not internally reference the frame buffer. This set function must
* be called before the first call to decode or libvpx will assume the
* default behavior of allocating frame buffers internally.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb_get Pointer to the get callback function
* \param[in] cb_release Pointer to the release callback function
* \param[in] cb_priv Callback's private data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* External frame buffers will be used by libvpx.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One or more of the callbacks were NULL.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of
* using external frame buffers.
*
* \note
* When decoding VP9, the application may be required to pass in at least
* #VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS + #VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS external frame
* buffers.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_frame_buffer_functions(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_get,
vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_release, void *cb_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer */
/*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_

View file

@ -1,968 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_
/*!\defgroup encoder Encoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this encoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all encoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the encoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video encoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_codec.h"
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum length of the sequence defining frame
* layer membership
*/
#define VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY 16
/*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Temporal+Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_MAX_LAYERS 12 // 3 temporal + 4 spatial layers are allowed.
/*! Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS 5
/*! Spatial Scalability: Default number of coding layers */
#define VPX_SS_DEFAULT_LAYERS 1
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION \
(14 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Encoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each encoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra
* interfaces or functionality, and are not required to be supported
* by an encoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Can issue PSNR packets */
/*! Can output one partition at a time. Each partition is returned in its
* own VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, with the FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT flag set for
* every partition but the last. In this mode all frames are always
* returned partition by partition.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow
* for proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Calculate PSNR on each frame */
/*!\brief Make the encoder output one partition at a time. */
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000
#define VPX_CODEC_USE_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x40000 /**< Use high bitdepth */
/*!\brief Generic fixed size buffer structure
*
* This structure is able to hold a reference to any fixed size buffer.
*/
typedef struct vpx_fixed_buf {
void *buf; /**< Pointer to the data */
size_t sz; /**< Length of the buffer, in chars */
} vpx_fixed_buf_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_fixed_buf */
/*!\brief Time Stamp Type
*
* An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides
* the absolute time of a sample.
*/
typedef int64_t vpx_codec_pts_t;
/*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags
*
* This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed
* frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits
* can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to
* support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example)
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1 /**< frame is the start of a GOP */
/*!\brief frame can be dropped without affecting the stream (no future frame
* depends on this one) */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2
/*!\brief frame should be decoded but will not be shown */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_INVISIBLE 0x4
/*!\brief this is a fragment of the encoded frame */
#define VPX_FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT 0x8
/*!\brief Error Resilient flags
*
* These flags define which error resilient features to enable in the
* encoder. The flags are specified through the
* vpx_codec_enc_cfg::g_error_resilient variable.
*/
typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_er_flags_t;
/*!\brief Improve resiliency against losses of whole frames */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_DEFAULT 0x1
/*!\brief The frame partitions are independently decodable by the bool decoder,
* meaning that partitions can be decoded even though earlier partitions have
* been lost. Note that intra prediction is still done over the partition
* boundary. */
#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_PARTITIONS 0x2
/*!\brief Encoder output packet variants
*
* This enumeration lists the different kinds of data packets that can be
* returned by calls to vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). Algorithms \ref MAY
* extend this list to provide additional functionality.
*/
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind {
VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, /**< Compressed video frame */
VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT, /**< Two-pass statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_FPMB_STATS_PKT, /**< first pass mb statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_PSNR_PKT, /**< PSNR statistics for this frame */
VPX_CODEC_CUSTOM_PKT = 256 /**< Algorithm extensions */
};
/*!\brief Encoder output packet
*
* This structure contains the different kinds of output data the encoder
* may produce while compressing a frame.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt {
enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind kind; /**< packet variant */
union {
struct {
void *buf; /**< compressed data buffer */
size_t sz; /**< length of compressed data */
/*!\brief time stamp to show frame (in timebase units) */
vpx_codec_pts_t pts;
/*!\brief duration to show frame (in timebase units) */
unsigned long duration;
vpx_codec_frame_flags_t flags; /**< flags for this frame */
/*!\brief the partition id defines the decoding order of the partitions.
* Only applicable when "output partition" mode is enabled. First
* partition has id 0.*/
int partition_id;
/*!\brief Width and height of frames in this packet. VP8 will only use the
* first one.*/
unsigned int width[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame width */
unsigned int height[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< frame height */
/*!\brief Flag to indicate if spatial layer frame in this packet is
* encoded or dropped. VP8 will always be set to 1.*/
uint8_t spatial_layer_encoded[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
} frame; /**< data for compressed frame packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t twopass_stats; /**< data for two-pass packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t firstpass_mb_stats; /**< first pass mb packet */
struct vpx_psnr_pkt {
unsigned int samples[4]; /**< Number of samples, total/y/u/v */
uint64_t sse[4]; /**< sum squared error, total/y/u/v */
double psnr[4]; /**< PSNR, total/y/u/v */
} psnr; /**< data for PSNR packet */
vpx_fixed_buf_t raw; /**< data for arbitrary packets */
/* This packet size is fixed to allow codecs to extend this
* interface without having to manage storage for raw packets,
* i.e., if it's smaller than 128 bytes, you can store in the
* packet list directly.
*/
char pad[128 - sizeof(enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind)]; /**< fixed sz */
} data; /**< packet data */
} vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt */
/*!\brief Encoder return output buffer callback
*
* This callback function, when registered, returns with packets when each
* spatial layer is encoded.
*/
typedef void (*vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t)(vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *pkt,
void *user_data);
/*!\brief Callback function pointer / user data pair storage */
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_cb_pair {
vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t output_cx_pkt; /**< Callback function */
void *user_priv; /**< Pointer to private data */
} vpx_codec_priv_output_cx_pkt_cb_pair_t;
/*!\brief Rational Number
*
* This structure holds a fractional value.
*/
typedef struct vpx_rational {
int num; /**< fraction numerator */
int den; /**< fraction denominator */
} vpx_rational_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_rational */
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Pass */
enum vpx_enc_pass {
VPX_RC_ONE_PASS, /**< Single pass mode */
VPX_RC_FIRST_PASS, /**< First pass of multi-pass mode */
VPX_RC_LAST_PASS /**< Final pass of multi-pass mode */
};
/*!\brief Rate control mode */
enum vpx_rc_mode {
VPX_VBR, /**< Variable Bit Rate (VBR) mode */
VPX_CBR, /**< Constant Bit Rate (CBR) mode */
VPX_CQ, /**< Constrained Quality (CQ) mode */
VPX_Q, /**< Constant Quality (Q) mode */
};
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode.
*
* This enumeration determines whether keyframes are placed automatically by
* the encoder or whether this behavior is disabled. Older releases of this
* SDK were implemented such that VPX_KF_FIXED meant keyframes were disabled.
* This name is confusing for this behavior, so the new symbols to be used
* are VPX_KF_AUTO and VPX_KF_DISABLED.
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode {
VPX_KF_FIXED, /**< deprecated, implies VPX_KF_DISABLED */
VPX_KF_AUTO, /**< Encoder determines optimal placement automatically */
VPX_KF_DISABLED = 0 /**< Encoder does not place keyframes. */
};
/*!\brief Encoded Frame Flags
*
* This type indicates a bitfield to be passed to vpx_codec_encode(), defining
* per-frame boolean values. By convention, bits common to all codecs will be
* named VPX_EFLAG_*, and bits specific to an algorithm will be named
* /algo/_eflag_*. The lower order 16 bits are reserved for common use.
*/
typedef long vpx_enc_frame_flags_t;
#define VPX_EFLAG_FORCE_KF (1 << 0) /**< Force this frame to be a keyframe */
/*!\brief Encoder configuration structure
*
* This structure contains the encoder settings that have common representations
* across all codecs. This doesn't imply that all codecs support all features,
* however.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg {
/*
* generic settings (g)
*/
/*!\brief Deprecated: Algorithm specific "usage" value
*
* This value must be zero.
*/
unsigned int g_usage;
/*!\brief Maximum number of threads to use
*
* For multi-threaded implementations, use no more than this number of
* threads. The codec may use fewer threads than allowed. The value
* 0 is equivalent to the value 1.
*/
unsigned int g_threads;
/*!\brief Bitstream profile to use
*
* Some codecs support a notion of multiple bitstream profiles. Typically
* this maps to a set of features that are turned on or off. Often the
* profile to use is determined by the features of the intended decoder.
* Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the valid values
* for this parameter, or set to zero for a sane default.
*/
unsigned int g_profile; /**< profile of bitstream to use */
/*!\brief Width of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_w;
/*!\brief Height of the frame
*
* This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame,
* in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must
* have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this
* resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do.
*/
unsigned int g_h;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the codec
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the codec,
* Only certain bit-depths are supported as identified in the
* vpx_bit_depth_t enum.
*/
vpx_bit_depth_t g_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Bit-depth of the input frames
*
* This value identifies the bit_depth of the input frames in bits.
* Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must have
* this bit-depth.
*/
unsigned int g_input_bit_depth;
/*!\brief Stream timebase units
*
* Indicates the smallest interval of time, in seconds, used by the stream.
* For fixed frame rate material, or variable frame rate material where
* frames are timed at a multiple of a given clock (ex: video capture),
* the \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to the reciprocal
* of the frame rate (ex: 1001/30000 for 29.970 Hz NTSC). This allows the
* pts to correspond to the frame number, which can be handy. For
* re-encoding video from containers with absolute time timestamps, the
* \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to that of the parent
* container or multimedia framework (ex: 1/1000 for ms, as in FLV).
*/
struct vpx_rational g_timebase;
/*!\brief Enable error resilient modes.
*
* The error resilient bitfield indicates to the encoder which features
* it should enable to take measures for streaming over lossy or noisy
* links.
*/
vpx_codec_er_flags_t g_error_resilient;
/*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Mode
*
* This value should be set to the current phase for multi-pass encoding.
* For single pass, set to #VPX_RC_ONE_PASS.
*/
enum vpx_enc_pass g_pass;
/*!\brief Allow lagged encoding
*
* If set, this value allows the encoder to consume a number of input
* frames before producing output frames. This allows the encoder to
* base decisions for the current frame on future frames. This does
* increase the latency of the encoding pipeline, so it is not appropriate
* in all situations (ex: realtime encoding).
*
* Note that this is a maximum value -- the encoder may produce frames
* sooner than the given limit. Set this value to 0 to disable this
* feature.
*/
unsigned int g_lag_in_frames;
/*
* rate control settings (rc)
*/
/*!\brief Temporal resampling configuration, if supported by the codec.
*
* Temporal resampling allows the codec to "drop" frames as a strategy to
* meet its target data rate. This can cause temporal discontinuities in
* the encoded video, which may appear as stuttering during playback. This
* trade-off is often acceptable, but for many applications is not. It can
* be disabled in these cases.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, a
* dropped frame is indicated. Set the threshold to zero (0) to disable
* this feature.
*/
unsigned int rc_dropframe_thresh;
/*!\brief Enable/disable spatial resampling, if supported by the codec.
*
* Spatial resampling allows the codec to compress a lower resolution
* version of the frame, which is then upscaled by the encoder to the
* correct presentation resolution. This increases visual quality at
* low data rates, at the expense of CPU time on the encoder/decoder.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_allowed;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame width.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the width of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_width;
/*!\brief Internal coded frame height.
*
* If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the height of the
* encoded frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_scaled_height;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling up watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer rises above this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step up to a higher resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_up_thresh;
/*!\brief Spatial resampling down watermark.
*
* This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer.
* When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, the
* encoder will step down to a lower resolution version of the frame.
*/
unsigned int rc_resize_down_thresh;
/*!\brief Rate control algorithm to use.
*
* Indicates whether the end usage of this stream is to be streamed over
* a bandwidth constrained link, indicating that Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
* mode should be used, or whether it will be played back on a high
* bandwidth link, as from a local disk, where higher variations in
* bitrate are acceptable.
*/
enum vpx_rc_mode rc_end_usage;
/*!\brief Two-pass stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the stats packets produced in the first
* pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_twopass_stats_in;
/*!\brief first pass mb stats buffer.
*
* A buffer containing all of the first pass mb stats packets produced
* in the first pass, concatenated.
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_firstpass_mb_stats_in;
/*!\brief Target data rate
*
* Target bandwidth to use for this stream, in kilobits per second.
*/
unsigned int rc_target_bitrate;
/*
* quantizer settings
*/
/*!\brief Minimum (Best Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_min_quantizer;
/*!\brief Maximum (Worst Quality) Quantizer
*
* The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the
* encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec
* specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the
* values to use.
*/
unsigned int rc_max_quantizer;
/*
* bitrate tolerance
*/
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation undershoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be subtracted from the target bitrate in order to compensate
* for prior overshoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* undershoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
* *
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_undershoot_pct;
/*!\brief Rate control adaptation overshoot control
*
* VP8: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate,
* controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec.
* This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can
* be added to the target bitrate in order to compensate for
* prior undershoot.
* VP9: Expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, a threshold
* overshoot level (current rate vs target) beyond which more aggressive
* corrective measures are taken.
*
* Valid values in the range VP8:0-1000 VP9: 0-100.
*/
unsigned int rc_overshoot_pct;
/*
* decoder buffer model parameters
*/
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that may be buffered by the
* decoding application. Note that this value is expressed in units of
* time (milliseconds). For example, a value of 5000 indicates that the
* client will buffer (at least) 5000ms worth of encoded data. Use the
* target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if
* necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Initial Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that will be buffered by the
* decoding application prior to beginning playback. This value is
* expressed in units of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate
* (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_initial_sz;
/*!\brief Decoder Buffer Optimal Size
*
* This value indicates the amount of data that the encoder should try
* to maintain in the decoder's buffer. This value is expressed in units
* of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate)
* to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary.
*/
unsigned int rc_buf_optimal_sz;
/*
* 2 pass rate control parameters
*/
/*!\brief Two-pass mode CBR/VBR bias
*
* Bias, expressed on a scale of 0 to 100, for determining target size
* for the current frame. The value 0 indicates the optimal CBR mode
* value should be used. The value 100 indicates the optimal VBR mode
* value should be used. Values in between indicate which way the
* encoder should "lean."
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_bias_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP minimum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the minimum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_minsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP maximum bitrate
*
* This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates
* the maximum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section")
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_maxsection_pct;
/*!\brief Two-pass corpus vbr mode complexity control
* Used only in VP9: A value representing the corpus midpoint complexity
* for corpus vbr mode. This value defaults to 0 which disables corpus vbr
* mode in favour of normal vbr mode.
*/
unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_corpus_complexity;
/*
* keyframing settings (kf)
*/
/*!\brief Keyframe placement mode
*
* This value indicates whether the encoder should place keyframes at a
* fixed interval, or determine the optimal placement automatically
* (as governed by the #kf_min_dist and #kf_max_dist parameters)
*/
enum vpx_kf_mode kf_mode;
/*!\brief Keyframe minimum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, prevents the encoder from
* placing a keyframe nearer than kf_min_dist to the previous keyframe. At
* least kf_min_dist frames non-keyframes will be coded before the next
* keyframe. Set kf_min_dist equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_min_dist;
/*!\brief Keyframe maximum interval
*
* This value, expressed as a number of frames, forces the encoder to code
* a keyframe if one has not been coded in the last kf_max_dist frames.
* A value of 0 implies all frames will be keyframes. Set kf_min_dist
* equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval.
*/
unsigned int kf_max_dist;
/*
* Spatial scalability settings (ss)
*/
/*!\brief Number of spatial coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of spatial coding layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ss_number_layers;
/*!\brief Enable auto alt reference flags for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify if auto alt reference frame is enabled for each
* spatial layer.
*/
int ss_enable_auto_alt_ref[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial layer.
*/
unsigned int ss_target_bitrate[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Number of temporal coding layers.
*
* This value specifies the number of temporal layers to be used.
*/
unsigned int ts_number_layers;
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_target_bitrate[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Frame rate decimation factor for each temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the frame rate decimation factors to apply
* to each temporal layer.
*/
unsigned int ts_rate_decimator[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Length of the sequence defining frame temporal layer membership.
*
* This value specifies the length of the sequence that defines the
* membership of frames to temporal layers. For example, if the
* ts_periodicity = 8, then the frames are assigned to coding layers with a
* repeated sequence of length 8.
*/
unsigned int ts_periodicity;
/*!\brief Template defining the membership of frames to temporal layers.
*
* This array defines the membership of frames to temporal coding layers.
* For a 2-layer encoding that assigns even numbered frames to one temporal
* layer (0) and odd numbered frames to a second temporal layer (1) with
* ts_periodicity=8, then ts_layer_id = (0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1).
*/
unsigned int ts_layer_id[VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY];
/*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial/temporal layer.
*
* These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each
* spatial/temporal layer.
*
*/
unsigned int layer_target_bitrate[VPX_MAX_LAYERS];
/*!\brief Temporal layering mode indicating which temporal layering scheme to
* use.
*
* The value (refer to VP9E_TEMPORAL_LAYERING_MODE) specifies the
* temporal layering mode to use.
*
*/
int temporal_layering_mode;
} vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg */
/*!\brief vp9 svc extra configure parameters
*
* This defines max/min quantizers and scale factors for each layer
*
*/
typedef struct vpx_svc_parameters {
int max_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Max Q for each layer */
int min_quantizers[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Min Q for each layer */
int scaling_factor_num[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-numerator */
int scaling_factor_den[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-denominator */
int speed_per_layer[VPX_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Speed setting for each sl */
int temporal_layering_mode; /**< Temporal layering mode */
} vpx_svc_extra_cfg_t;
/*!\brief Initialize an encoder instance
*
* Initializes a encoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the vpx_codec_enc_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call
* is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
vpx_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Initialize multi-encoder instance
*
* Initializes multi-encoder context using the given interface.
* Applications should call the vpx_codec_enc_init_multi convenience macro
* instead of this function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number
* parameter is properly initialized.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] num_enc Total number of encoders.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] dsf Pointer to down-sampling factors.
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm initialized.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(
vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
int num_enc, vpx_codec_flags_t flags, vpx_rational_t *dsf, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define vpx_codec_enc_init_multi(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf) \
vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf, \
VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Get a default configuration
*
* Initializes a encoder configuration structure with default values. Supports
* the notion of "usages" so that an algorithm may offer different default
* settings depending on the user's intended goal. This function \ref SHOULD
* be called by all applications to initialize the configuration structure
* before specializing the configuration with application specific values.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[out] cfg Configuration buffer to populate.
* \param[in] usage Must be set to 0.
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_default(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface,
vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg,
unsigned int usage);
/*!\brief Set or change configuration
*
* Reconfigures an encoder instance according to the given configuration.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cfg Configuration buffer to use
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_set(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg);
/*!\brief Get global stream headers
*
* Retrieves a stream level global header packet, if supported by the codec.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval NULL
* Encoder does not support global header
* \retval Non-NULL
* Pointer to buffer containing global header packet
*/
vpx_fixed_buf_t *vpx_codec_get_global_headers(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx REALTIME mode. */
#define VPX_DL_REALTIME (1)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx GOOD QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY (1000000)
/*!\brief deadline parameter analogous to VPx BEST QUALITY mode. */
#define VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY (0)
/*!\brief Encode a frame
*
* Encodes a video frame at the given "presentation time." The presentation
* time stamp (PTS) \ref MUST be strictly increasing.
*
* The encoder supports the notion of a soft real-time deadline. Given a
* non-zero value to the deadline parameter, the encoder will make a "best
* effort" guarantee to return before the given time slice expires. It is
* implicit that limiting the available time to encode will degrade the
* output quality. The encoder can be given an unlimited time to produce the
* best possible frame by specifying a deadline of '0'. This deadline
* supersedes the VPx notion of "best quality, good quality, realtime".
* Applications that wish to map these former settings to the new deadline
* based system can use the symbols #VPX_DL_REALTIME, #VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY,
* and #VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY.
*
* When the last frame has been passed to the encoder, this function should
* continue to be called, with the img parameter set to NULL. This will
* signal the end-of-stream condition to the encoder and allow it to encode
* any held buffers. Encoding is complete when vpx_codec_encode() is called
* and vpx_codec_get_cx_data() returns no data.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] img Image data to encode, NULL to flush.
* \param[in] pts Presentation time stamp, in timebase units.
* \param[in] duration Duration to show frame, in timebase units.
* \param[in] flags Flags to use for encoding this frame.
* \param[in] deadline Time to spend encoding, in microseconds. (0=infinite)
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The configuration was populated.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Interface is not an encoder interface.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_encode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const vpx_image_t *img,
vpx_codec_pts_t pts, unsigned long duration,
vpx_enc_frame_flags_t flags,
unsigned long deadline);
/*!\brief Set compressed data output buffer
*
* Sets the buffer that the codec should output the compressed data
* into. This call effectively sets the buffer pointer returned in the
* next VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packet. Subsequent packets will be
* appended into this buffer. The buffer is preserved across frames,
* so applications must periodically call this function after flushing
* the accumulated compressed data to disk or to the network to reset
* the pointer to the buffer's head.
*
* `pad_before` bytes will be skipped before writing the compressed
* data, and `pad_after` bytes will be appended to the packet. The size
* of the packet will be the sum of the size of the actual compressed
* data, pad_before, and pad_after. The padding bytes will be preserved
* (not overwritten).
*
* Note that calling this function does not guarantee that the returned
* compressed data will be placed into the specified buffer. In the
* event that the encoded data will not fit into the buffer provided,
* the returned packet \ref MAY point to an internal buffer, as it would
* if this call were never used. In this event, the output packet will
* NOT have any padding, and the application must free space and copy it
* to the proper place. This is of particular note in configurations
* that may output multiple packets for a single encoded frame (e.g., lagged
* encoding) or if the application does not reset the buffer periodically.
*
* Applications may restore the default behavior of the codec providing
* the compressed data buffer by calling this function with a NULL
* buffer.
*
* Applications \ref MUSTNOT call this function during iteration of
* vpx_codec_get_cx_data().
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] buf Buffer to store compressed data into
* \param[in] pad_before Bytes to skip before writing compressed data
* \param[in] pad_after Bytes to skip after writing compressed data
*
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK
* The buffer was set successfully.
* \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc.
*/
vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_cx_data_buf(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
const vpx_fixed_buf_t *buf,
unsigned int pad_before,
unsigned int pad_after);
/*!\brief Encoded data iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of data packets to be passed from the encoder to the
* application. The different kinds of packets available are enumerated in
* #vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind.
*
* #VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packets should be passed to the application's
* muxer. Multiple compressed frames may be in the list.
* #VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT packets should be appended to a global buffer.
*
* The application \ref MUST silently ignore any packet kinds that it does
* not recognize or support.
*
* The data buffers returned from this function are only guaranteed to be
* valid until the application makes another call to any vpx_codec_* function.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an output data packet (compressed frame data,
* two-pass statistics, etc.) or NULL to signal end-of-list.
*
*/
const vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *vpx_codec_get_cx_data(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
vpx_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\brief Get Preview Frame
*
* Returns an image that can be used as a preview. Shows the image as it would
* exist at the decompressor. The application \ref MUST NOT write into this
* image buffer.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \return Returns a pointer to a preview image, or NULL if no image is
* available.
*
*/
const vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_preview_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!@} - end defgroup encoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_

View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2014 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder external frame buffer interface.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "./vpx_integer.h"
/*!\brief The maximum number of work buffers used by libvpx.
* Support maximum 4 threads to decode video in parallel.
* Each thread will use one work buffer.
* TODO(hkuang): Add support to set number of worker threads dynamically.
*/
#define VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief The maximum number of reference buffers that a VP9 encoder may use.
*/
#define VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief External frame buffer
*
* This structure holds allocated frame buffers used by the decoder.
*/
typedef struct vpx_codec_frame_buffer {
uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to the data buffer */
size_t size; /**< Size of data in bytes */
void *priv; /**< Frame's private data */
} vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t;
/*!\brief get frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to retrieve data for the frame
* buffer in order for the decode call to complete. The callback must
* allocate at least min_size in bytes and assign it to fb->data. The callback
* must zero out all the data allocated. Then the callback must set fb->size
* to the allocated size. The application does not need to align the allocated
* data. The callback is triggered when the decoder needs a frame buffer to
* decode a compressed image into. This function may be called more than once
* for every call to vpx_codec_decode. The application may set fb->priv to
* some data which will be passed back in the ximage and the release function
* call. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On success the callback must
* return 0. Any failure the callback must return a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] min_size Size in bytes needed by the buffer
* \param[in,out] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv, size_t min_size,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
/*!\brief release frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder when the frame buffer is not
* referenced by any other buffers. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On
* success the callback must return 0. Any failure the callback must return
* a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv,
vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_

View file

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the vpx image descriptor and associated operations
*
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (5) /**<\hideinitializer*/
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U in memory. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA 0x400 /**< Image has an alpha channel. */
#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x800 /**< Image uses 16bit framebuffer. */
/*!\brief List of supported image formats */
typedef enum vpx_img_fmt {
VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE,
VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 =
VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */
VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 7,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I42216 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44416 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
VPX_IMG_FMT_I44016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH
} vpx_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_img_fmt */
/*!\brief List of supported color spaces */
typedef enum vpx_color_space {
VPX_CS_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown */
VPX_CS_BT_601 = 1, /**< BT.601 */
VPX_CS_BT_709 = 2, /**< BT.709 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_170 = 3, /**< SMPTE.170 */
VPX_CS_SMPTE_240 = 4, /**< SMPTE.240 */
VPX_CS_BT_2020 = 5, /**< BT.2020 */
VPX_CS_RESERVED = 6, /**< Reserved */
VPX_CS_SRGB = 7 /**< sRGB */
} vpx_color_space_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_space */
/*!\brief List of supported color range */
typedef enum vpx_color_range {
VPX_CR_STUDIO_RANGE = 0, /**< Y [16..235], UV [16..240] */
VPX_CR_FULL_RANGE = 1 /**< YUV/RGB [0..255] */
} vpx_color_range_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_range */
/**\brief Image Descriptor */
typedef struct vpx_image {
vpx_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */
vpx_color_space_t cs; /**< Color Space */
vpx_color_range_t range; /**< Color Range */
/* Image storage dimensions */
unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */
unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */
unsigned int bit_depth; /**< Stored image bit-depth */
/* Image display dimensions */
unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */
unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */
/* Image intended rendering dimensions */
unsigned int r_w; /**< Intended rendering image width */
unsigned int r_h; /**< Intended rendering image height */
/* Chroma subsampling info */
unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */
unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */
/* Image data pointers. */
#define VPX_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */
#define VPX_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */
#define VPX_PLANE_ALPHA 3 /**< A (Transparency) plane */
unsigned char *planes[4]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */
int stride[4]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */
int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */
/*!\brief The following member may be set by the application to associate
* data with this image.
*/
void *user_priv;
/* The following members should be treated as private. */
unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */
int img_data_owner; /**< private */
int self_allocd; /**< private */
void *fb_priv; /**< Frame buffer data associated with the image. */
} vpx_image_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image */
/**\brief Representation of a rectangle on a surface */
typedef struct vpx_image_rect {
unsigned int x; /**< leftmost column */
unsigned int y; /**< topmost row */
unsigned int w; /**< width */
unsigned int h; /**< height */
} vpx_image_rect_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image_rect */
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for the descriptor is allocated on the heap.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and
* each row in the image(stride).
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_alloc(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt,
unsigned int d_w, unsigned int d_h,
unsigned int align);
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for descriptor has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is
* desired to "wrap" that storage.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this
* parameter is NULL, the storage for the descriptor
* will be allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] stride_align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image.
* \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
vpx_image_t *vpx_img_wrap(vpx_image_t *img, vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, unsigned int d_w,
unsigned int d_h, unsigned int stride_align,
unsigned char *img_data);
/*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image
*
* Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to
* match the specified coordinates and size.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] x leftmost column
* \param[in] y topmost row
* \param[in] w width
* \param[in] h height
*
* \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero otherwise.
*/
int vpx_img_set_rect(vpx_image_t *img, unsigned int x, unsigned int y,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
/*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom)
*
* Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image
* be referenced upside-down.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_flip(vpx_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Close an image descriptor
*
* Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void vpx_img_free(vpx_image_t *img);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_

View file

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license
* that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source
* tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found
* in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may
* be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree.
*/
#ifndef VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
#define VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_
/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#define VPX_INLINE __inline
#else
#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
// TODO(jbb): Allow a way to force inline off for older compilers.
#define VPX_INLINE inline
#endif
/* Assume platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#endif
#endif // __cplusplus
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#endif // VPX_VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_

View file

@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
# pkg-config file from libvpx v1.8.0
prefix=/Users/andy/go/src/github.com/webmproject/jni/vpx-android/output/android/x86_64
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: vpx
Description: WebM Project VPx codec implementation
Version: 1.8.0
Requires:
Conflicts:
Libs: -L${libdir} -lvpx -lm
Libs.private: -lm
Cflags: -I${includedir}

View file

@ -8,10 +8,7 @@ import (
// https://chromium.googlesource.com/webm/libvpx/+/master/examples/simple_encoder.c
/*
#cgo android CFLAGS: -I${SRCDIR}/android_include
#cgo android,arm LDFLAGS: -L${SRCDIR}/android_libs/armeabi-v7a/lib -lvpx -lm
#cgo android,386 LDFLAGS: -L${SRCDIR}/android_libs/x86/lib -lvpx -lm
#cgo !android pkg-config: vpx
#cgo pkg-config: vpx
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "vpx/vpx_encoder.h"
#include "tools_common.h"